Table of contents for issues of IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers

Last update: Thu Mar 1 10:45:20 MST 2018                Valid HTML 3.2!

Volume EC-3, Number 1, March, 1954
Volume EC-1, Number ??, December, 1952
Volume EC-2, Number 1, March, 1953
Volume EC-2, Number 2, June, 1953
Volume EC-2, Number 3, 1953
Volume EC-2, Number 4, December, 1953
Volume EC-3, Number 1, March, 1954
Volume EC-3, Number 2, June, 1954
Volume EC-3, Number 3, September, 1954
Volume EC-3, Number 4, December, 1954
Volume EC-4, Number 1, March, 1955
Volume EC-4, Number 2, June, 1955
Volume EC-4, Number 3, September, 1955
Volume EC-4, Number 4, December, 1955
Volume EC-5, Number 1, March, 1956
Volume EC-5, Number 2, June, 1956
Volume EC-5, Number 3, September, 1956
Volume EC-5, Number 4, December, 1956
Volume EC-6, Number 1, March, 1957
Volume EC-6, Number 2, June, 1957
Volume EC-6, Number 3, September, 1957
Volume EC-6, Number 4, December, 1957
Volume EC-7, Number 1, March, 1958
Volume EC-7, Number 2, June, 1958
Volume EC-7, Number 3, September, 1958
Volume EC-7, Number 4, December, 1958
Volume EC-8, Number 1, March, 1959
Volume EC-8, Number 2, June, 1959
Volume EC-8, Number 3, September, 1959
Volume EC-8, Number 4, December, 1959
Volume EC-9, Number 1, March, 1960
Volume EC-9, Number 2, June, 1960
Volume EC-9, Number 3, September, 1960
Volume EC-9, Number 4, December, 1960
Volume EC-10, Number 1, March, 1961
Volume EC-10, Number 2, April, 1961
Volume EC-10, Number 3, September, 1961
Volume EC-10, Number 4, December, 1961
Volume EC-11, Number 1, February, 1962
Volume EC-11, Number 2, April, 1962
Volume EC-11, Number 3, June, 1962
Volume EC-11, Number 423--423, June, 1962
Volume EC-11, Number 3, June, 1962
Volume EC-11, Number 4, August, 1962
Volume EC-11, Number 5, October, 1962
Volume EC-11, Number 6, December, 1962
Volume EC-12, Number 1, February, 1963
Volume EC-12, Number 2, April, 1963
Volume EC-12, Number 3, June, 1963
Volume EC-12, Number 4, August, 1963
Volume EC-12, Number 5, October, 1963
Volume EC-12, Number 6, December, 1963
Volume EC-13, Number 1, February, 1964
Volume EC-13, Number 2, April, 1964
Volume EC-13, Number 3, June, 1964
Volume EC-13, Number 4, August, 1964
Volume EC-13, Number 5, October, 1964
Volume EC-13, Number 6, December, 1964
Volume EC-14, Number 1, February, 1965
Volume EC-14, Number 2, April, 1965
Volume EC-14, Number 3, June, 1965
Volume EC-14, Number 4, August, 1965
Volume EC-14, Number 5, October, 1965
Volume EC-14, Number 6, December, 1965
Volume EC-15, Number 1, February, 1966
Volume EC-15, Number 2, April, 1966
Volume EC-15, Number 3, June, 1966
Volume EC-15, Number 4, August, 1966
Volume EC-15, Number 5, October, 1966
Volume EC-15, Number 6, December, 1966
Volume EC-16, Number 1, February, 1967
Volume EC-16, Number 2, April, 1967
Volume EC-16, Number 3, June, 1967
Volume EC-16, Number 4, August, 1967
Volume EC-16, Number 5, October, 1967
Volume EC-16, Number 6, December, 1967
Volume C-17, Number 1, January, 1968
Volume C-17, Number 2, February, 1968
Volume C-17, Number 3, March, 1968
Volume C-17, Number 4, April, 1968
Volume C-17, Number 5, May, 1968
Volume C-17, Number 6, June, 1968
Volume C-17, Number 7, July, 1968
Volume C-17, Number 8, August, 1968
Volume C-17, Number 9, September, 1968
Volume C-17, Number 10, October, 1968
Volume C-17, Number 11, November, 1968
Volume C-17, Number 12, December, 1968
Volume C-18, Number 1, January, 1969
Volume C-18, Number 2, February, 1969
Volume C-18, Number 3, March, 1969
Volume C-18, Number 4, April, 1969
Volume C-18, Number 5, May, 1969
Volume C-18, Number 6, June, 1969
Volume C-18, Number 7, July, 1969
Volume C-18, Number 8, August, 1969
Volume C-18, Number 9, September, 1969
Volume C-18, Number 10, October, 1969
Volume C-18, Number 11, November, 1969
Volume C-18, Number 12, December, 1969


IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-3, Number 1, March, 1954

                M. A. Mayer and   
               B. M. Gordon and   
                   R. N. Nicola   An operational digital feedback divider  17--20


Transactions of the I.R.E. Professional Group on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-1, Number ??, December, 1952

                       E. Weiss   Applications of CRC-105 Decimal DDA  . . 19--24
                   M. K. Haynes   Multidimensional magnetic memory
                                  selection systems  . . . . . . . . . . . 25--29
              C. D. Morrill and   
                     R. V. Baum   A Stabilized Electronic Multiplier . . . 52--59


Transactions of the I.R.E. Professional Group on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-2, Number 1, March, 1953

          Robert D. Elbourn and   
                Richard P. Witt   Dynamic circuit techniques used in SEAC
                                  and DYSEAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--9

Transactions of the I.R.E. Professional Group on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-2, Number 2, June, 1953

               Louis G. Walters   Hidden regenerative loops in electronic
                                  analog computers . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--4
                 J. R. Anderson   Electrical Delay Lines for Digital
                                  Computer Applications  . . . . . . . . . 5--13

Transactions of the I.R.E. Professional Group on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-2, Number 3, 1953

           William H. Libaw and   
               Leonard J. Craig   A Photoelectric Decimal-Coded Shaft
                                  Digitizer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--4
               A. D. Scarbrough   An Analog-to-Digital Converter . . . . . 5--7
        Thomas D. Hinkelman and   
                   Max H. Kraus   The UNIVAC Tube Program  . . . . . . . . 8--12
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12--12
                      Anonymous   Review Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--27

Transactions of the I.R.E. Professional Group on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-2, Number 4, December, 1953

                      Anonymous   Editorial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--1
                      Anonymous   Notice to Prospective Speakers . . . . . 1--1
        Nathaniel Rochester and   
                 Willis H. Ware   Computer Definitions . . . . . . . . . . 2--2
               Carl E. Howe and   
                 Robert M. Howe   Solution of Linear Differential
                                  Equations with Variable Coefficients by
                                  the Electronic Differential Analyzer . . 3--8
               Rudolph J. Klein   Automatic Beam Current Stabilization for
                                  Williams Tube Memories . . . . . . . . . 8--11
                       Lee Cahn   Accuracy of an Analog Computer . . . . . 12--18
            Louis D. Wilson and   
                     Saul Meyer   The Model II Unityper  . . . . . . . . . 19--27
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27--28
                      Anonymous   Review Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29--47


Transactions of the I.R.E. Professional Group on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-3, Number 1, March, 1954

               A. L. Leiner and   
                S. N. Alexander   System organization of the DYSEAC  . . . 1--10
                 H. Freeman and   
                     E. Parsons   Time-Sharing Analog Multiplier (TSAM)    11--17

Transactions of the I.R.E. Professional Group on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-3, Number 2, June, 1954

                    M. E. Maron   Logic, discovery, and the foundations of
                                  computing machinery  . . . . . . . . . . 2--7
               A. L. Leiner and   
                 W. A. Notz and   
                J. L. Smith and   
                  A. Weinberger   System design of the SEAC and DYSEAC . . 8--23
               L. D. Kovach and   
                      W. Comley   An Analog Multiplier Using Thyrite . . . 42--45

Transactions of the I.R.E. Professional Group on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-3, Number 3, September, 1954

                   D. E. Muller   Application of Boolean algebra to
                                  switching circuit design and to error
                                  detection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6--12
                   E. C. Nelson   An algebraic theory for use in digital
                                  computer design  . . . . . . . . . . . . 12--21

Transactions of the I.R.E. Professional Group on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-3, Number 4, December, 1954

                 Bernard Widrow   A Radio-Frequency Nondestructive Readout
                                  for Magnetic-Core Memories . . . . . . . 12--15
               W. J. Cunningham   Time-Delay Networks for an Analog
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16--18


IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-4, Number 1, March, 1955

                 John C. Alrich   Engineering Description of the
                                  ElectroData Digital Computer . . . . . . 1--10
                  C. L. Wanlass   Transistor Circuitry for Digital
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11--16
                 Joseph M. Wier   A High-Speed Permanent Storage Device    16--20
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20--20
            W. A. Malthaner and   
                  H. E. Vaughan   Control Features of a Magnetic-Drum
                                  Telephone Office . . . . . . . . . . . . 21--26
                 William Karush   Stability of a Method of Smoothing in a
                                  Digital Control Computer . . . . . . . . 26--31
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32--32
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32--33
                 David R. Brown   Review of Electronic Computer Progress
                                  During 1954  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33--38
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 39--47

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-4, Number 2, June, 1955

                    H. H. Goode   PGEC Student Activities and Education in
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--51
                L. B. Wadel and   
                  A. W. Wortham   A Survey of Electronic Analog Computer
                                  Installations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52--55
                 W. H. Dunn and   
                  C. Eldert and   
                 P. V. Levonian   A Digital Computer for Use in an
                                  Operational Flight Trainer . . . . . . . 55--63
                 H. J. Gray and   
                M. Rubinoff and   
                    J. Tompkins   A Diode Multiplexer for Analog Voltages  64--66
                    R. M. Brown   Some Notes on Logical Binary Counters    67--69
                   D. B. Murray   A Variable Binary Scaler . . . . . . . . 70--74
                  W. E. Thomson   Time-Delay Circuits  . . . . . . . . . . 74--74
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75--75
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76--76
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 77--85

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-4, Number 3, September, 1955

                      Anonymous   Where Should I Send My Manuscript? . . . 87--87
                      Anonymous   Constitution for IRE Professional Group
                                  on Electronic Computers  . . . . . . . . 88--92
                 A. S. Hoagland   A Logical Reading System for
                                  Nonreturn-to-Zero Magnetic Recording . . 93--95
                 A. S. Robinson   An Electronic Analog Computing Technique
                                  for the Solution of Trigonometric
                                  Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95--101
                  F. S. Preston   An Analog Computer for the Solution of
                                  Tangents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101--106
                   T. Teichmann   Closed-Loop Control Systems Containing a
                                  Digital Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 106--117
                   H. Hellerman   On the Input Impedance Network Error in
                                  Operational Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . 118--118
                J. E. Robertson   Two's Complement Multiplication in
                                  Binary Parallel Digital Computers  . . . 118--119
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119--119
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119--120
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 121--131

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-4, Number 4, December, 1955

            Bruce Gilchrist and   
             J. H. Pomerene and   
                     S. Y. Wong   Fast Carry Logic for Digital Computers   133--136
                   Alfred Milch   Bit Storage via Electro-optical Feedback 136--144
               R. S. Mackay and   
                   R. MacIntyre   Ternary Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . 144--149
               E. M. Glaser and   
                    H. Blasbalg   A Logarithmic Voltage Quantizer  . . . . 150--155
                     S. Y. Wong   High Density Williams Storage  . . . . . 156--158
                 Bernard Lippel   A Decimal Code for Analog-to-Digital
                                  Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158--159
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159--160
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160--160
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 161--173


IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-5, Number 1, March, 1956

              D. W. Hagelbarger   SEER, A SEquence Extrapolating Robot . . 1--7
                J. J. Wedel and   
              A. Huntington and   
                     M. B. Bain   Automatic Data-Accumulation System for
                                  Wind Tunnels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7--11
                J. E. Robertson   Odd Binary Asynchronous Counters . . . . 12--15
                David E. Muller   Complexity in Electronic Switching
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--19
                 N. M. Blachman   On the Wiring of Two-Dimensional
                                  Multiple-Coincidence Magnetic Memories   19--21
                   J. N. Harris   A Programmed Variable-Rate Counter for
                                  Generating the Sine Function . . . . . . 21--26
              M. Lejet Lilamand   A Time-Division Multiplier . . . . . . . 26--34
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--35
                 N. M. Blachman   A Report on the International Analogy
                                  Computation Meeting  . . . . . . . . . . 36--41
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42--42
                   John P. Nash   Review of Electronic Computer Progress
                                  During 1955  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43--47
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 47--59
                      Anonymous   Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--62

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-5, Number 2, June, 1956

                      Anonymous   PGEC Papers Awards for 1955  . . . . . . 63--64
              A. Weinberger and   
                    J. L. Smith   A One-Microsecond Adder Using
                                  One-Megacycle Circuitry  . . . . . . . . 65--73
               W. J. Bartik and   
                     T. H. Bonn   A Small Coincident-Current Magnetic
                                  Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--78
                    Ivan Flores   Reflected Number Systems . . . . . . . . 79--82
               R. L. Sydnor and   
              T. R. O'Meara and   
                   J. Strathman   Analog Multipliers and Squarers Using a
                                  Multigrid Modulator  . . . . . . . . . . 82--85
              Branch P. Kerfoot   Transistors in Current-Analog Computing  86--93
                Alexander Fuchs   Working Time in Repetitive Analog
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94--94
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94--95
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95--96
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 97--109

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-5, Number 3, September, 1956

            Donald T. Greenwood   The Representation of Constraints by
                                  Means of an Electronic Differential
                                  Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111--113
             V. L. Newhouse and   
                   N. S. Prywes   High-Speed Shift Registers Using One
                                  Core Per Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114--120
                     Z. Bay and   
                N. T. Grisamore   High-Speed Flip-Flops for the
                                  Millimicrosecond Region  . . . . . . . . 121--125
               R. H. Urbano and   
                  R. K. Mueller   A Topological Method for the
                                  Determination of the Minimal Forms of a
                                  Boolean Function . . . . . . . . . . . . 126--132
                G. W. Booth and   
                 T. P. Bothwell   Logic Circuits for a Transistor Digital
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132--138
             Howard E. Tompkins   Unit-Distance Binary-Decimal Codes for
                                  Two-Track Commutation  . . . . . . . . . 139--139
                  G. Estrin and   
               B. Gilchrist and   
                 J. H. Pomerene   A Note on High-Speed Digital
                                  Multiplication . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140--140
                  Martin Graham   An Improved Method for Williams Storage  140--140
                  John R. Clark   Fourier Analysis by Machine Methods  . . 141--141
                      Anonymous   Symposium on the Impact of Computers on
                                  Science and Society  . . . . . . . . . . 142--158
             Nelson M. Blachman   Some Automatic Digital Computers in
                                  Western Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158--166
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167--167
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168--168
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169--169
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 171--181

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-5, Number 4, December, 1956

                      Anonymous   Index to IRE Transactions on Electronic
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--4
             Nelson M. Blachman   Change of Editorship . . . . . . . . . . 183--183
               John R. Anderson   A New Type of Ferroelectric Shift
                                  Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184--191
                 G. J. Prom and   
                   R. L. Crosby   Junction Transistor Switching Circuits
                                  for High-Speed Digital Computer
                                  Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192--196
            Nick D. Diamantides   A Multipurpose Electronic Switch for
                                  Analog Computer Simulation and
                                  Autocorrelation Applications . . . . . . 197--202
                 Robert M. Howe   Representation of Nonlinear Functions by
                                  Means of Operational Amplifiers  . . . . 203--206
              Velio A. Marsocci   An Error Analysis of Electronic Analog
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207--212
                     Z. Bay and   
                N. T. Grisamore   Pulse Generator and High-Speed Memory
                                  Circuit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213--218
              Richard E. Merwin   The IBM 705 EDPM Memory System . . . . . 219--224
                Harold F. Heath   Reliability of an Air Defense Computing
                                  System: Component Development  . . . . . 224--226
            Raymond E. Nienburg   Reliability of an Air Defense Computing
                                  System: Circuit Design . . . . . . . . . 227--233
             M. M. Astrahan and   
                  L. R. Walters   Reliability of an Air Defense Computing
                                  System: Marginal Checking and
                                  Maintenance Programming  . . . . . . . . 233--237
             Mitchell P. Marcus   The Detection and Identification of
                                  Symmetric Switching Functions with the
                                  Use of Tables of Combinations  . . . . . 237--239
                      Anonymous   Symposium: The Design of Machines to
                                  Simulate the Behavior of the Human Brain 240--255
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256--257
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257--257
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 259--273


IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-6, Number 1, March, 1957

             Marcel J. E. Golay   The Logic of Bidirectional Binary
                                  Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--4
             Stanley P. Frankel   The Logical Design of a Simple General
                                  Purpose Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--14
               E. Leroy Younker   A Transistor-Driven Magnetic-Core Memory 14--20
             J. A. Rajchman and   
                    H. D. Crane   Current Steering in Magnetic Circuits    21--30
                Erich S. Weibel   An Electronic Analog Multiplier Using
                                  Carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30--34
                 Rajko Tomovich   Picard's Method and Analog Computation   34--34
                George H. Myers   Extending the Operational Time of Analog
                                  Integrators  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34--35
                Robert A. Bruns   An Integral-Error-Squared Method for
                                  Evaluating Analog Computer Components    35--36
                Alexander Fuchs   A Note on the Accuracy of Differential
                                  Analyzers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36--36
                      Anonymous   Ways of Developing Soviet Computer
                                  Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--49
               W. L. Martin and   
                    S. R. Olson   PGEC Membership Survey . . . . . . . . . 49--55
                      Anonymous   Review of Electronic Computer Progress
                                  During 1956  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55--60
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60--61
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--62
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 63--69

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-6, Number 2, June, 1957

                 W. R. G. Baker   The IRE ``Affiliate'' Plan --- A New
                                  Venture in Engineering Society Structure
                                  and Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71--71
                  Gene W. Arant   A Time-Sequential Tabular Analysis of
                                  Flip-Flop Logical Operation  . . . . . . 72--74
                    Amos Nathan   Dynamic Accuracy as a Design Criterion
                                  of Linear Electronic-Analog Differential
                                  Analyzers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74--86
                 R. M. Howe and   
                  E. G. Gilbert   Trigonometric Resolution in Analog
                                  Computers by Means of Multiplier
                                  Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86--92
             Mitchell P. Marcus   Minimization of the Partially-Developed
                                  Transfer Tree  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92--95
                   T. Miura and   
                 H. Amemiya and   
                    T. Numakura   A New Diode Function Generator . . . . . 95--100
              David C. Kalbfell   An Electronic Analog Multiplier  . . . . 100--103
                 Bernard Harris   An Algorithm for Determining Minimal
                                  Representations of a Logic Function  . . 103--108
               C. J. Hirsch and   
                  F. C. Hallden   Computing Techniques for the Sampling
                                  Parametric Computer  . . . . . . . . . . 108--119
             Arieh F. Fischmann   A Gray Code Counter  . . . . . . . . . . 120--120
            Charles H. Davidson   A Survey of the Characteristics of
                                  Currently Used Bistable Multivibrators   121--121
                  B. Lippel and   
                  I. J. Epstein   A Method for Obtaining Complete Digital
                                  Coding Chains  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121--121
              Joseph A. O'Brien   Unit-Distance Binary-Decimal Code
                                  Translators  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122--123
                 Louis B. Wadel   Negative Base Number Systems . . . . . . 123--123
               Gene H. Leichner   A Fast Circulating Memory  . . . . . . . 123--124
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124--125
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126--127
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 129--141

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-6, Number 3, September, 1957

                M. R. Bates and   
                 D. H. Bock and   
                   F. D. Powell   Analog Computer Applications in
                                  Predictor Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 143--153
                 F. E. Hohn and   
                   S. Seshu and   
                D. D. Aufenkamp   The Theory of Nets . . . . . . . . . . . 154--161
               George Sebestyen   A Design Technique for Pedestal-Free
                                  Switching Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . 162--166
           Lazarus G. Polimerou   A New Method for Generating a Function
                                  of Two Independent Variables . . . . . . 167--169
            Thomas B. Van Horne   An Analog Method for the Solution of
                                  Probability of Hit and Related
                                  Statistical Problems . . . . . . . . . . 170--175
               F. P. Brooks and   
              A. L. Hopkins and   
              P. G. Neumann and   
                   W. V. Wright   An Experiment in Musical Composition . . 175--182
                  J. H. Sasseen   An Electronic Analog Cross Correlator
                                  for Dip Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182--187
                R. S. Stone and   
                    R. A. Dandl   A Variable Function Delay for Analog
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187--189
            Warren S. McCulloch   Biological Computers . . . . . . . . . . 190--192
                    H. Quastler   The Complexity of Biological Computers   192--194
               George A. Miller   A Note on the Remarkable Memory of Man   194--195
              Lawrence J. Fogel   The Human Computer in Flight Control . . 195--202
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202--202
                   H. Hamer and   
                    A. Lupinski   A Method for Evaluating Amplifier Phase
                                  Shift at Low Frequencies . . . . . . . . 203--203
                      M. Lehman   High-Speed Digital Multiplication  . . . 204--205
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205--207
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208--208
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 209--229

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-6, Number 4, December, 1957

                      Anonymous   Index to IRE Transactions on Electronic
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--4
              Joseph O. Campeau   The Synthesis and Analysis of Digital
                                  Systems by Boolean Matrices  . . . . . . 231--241
                 R. J. Domenico   Simulation of Transistor Switching
                                  Circuits on the IBM 704  . . . . . . . . 242--247
                     C. K. Chow   An Optimum Character Recognition System
                                  Using Decision Functions . . . . . . . . 247--254
                    Paul C. Dow   An Analysis of Certain Errors in
                                  Electronic Differential Analyzers. I.
                                  Bandwidth Limitations  . . . . . . . . . 255--260
                 R. E. Horn and   
                   V. G. Fauque   Synthesis of Vector Networks . . . . . . 261--265
                   D. W. Davies   Switching Functions of Three Variables   265--275
            D. D. Aufenkamp and   
                     F. E. Hohn   Analysis of Sequential Machines  . . . . 276--285
                Robert M. Mason   The Logical Combination of Punched Paper
                                  Tapes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285--286
                Amos Nathan and   
                    Yona Mahler   Demonstration of Conditional Stability
                                  on an Analog Computer  . . . . . . . . . 287--287
                Norman R. Scott   On the Use of Redundant Integrators in
                                  Analog Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . 287--288
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288--288
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289--289
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 291--307


IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-7, Number 1, March, 1958

                      Anonymous   Reviews and Bibliographies . . . . . . . 1--1
                   J. R. Harris   Direct-Coupled Transistor Logic
                                  Circuitry  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--6
                James W. Easley   Transistor Characteristics for
                                  Direct-Coupled Transistor Logic Circuits 6--16
                    Paul C. Dow   An Analysis of Certain Errors in
                                  Electronic Differential Analyzers II ---
                                  Capacitor Dielectric Absorption  . . . . 17--22
             J. M. Maughmer and   
                   H. D. Huskey   A Study of Refill Phenomena in Williams'
                                  Tube Memories  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--31
                    Amos Nathan   Computing and Error Matrices in Linear
                                  Differential Analyzers . . . . . . . . . 32--33
              C. F. Pulvari and   
                 G. E. McDuffie   Scanners for Ferroelectric Memory
                                  Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34--40
                 Hermann Schmid   A Transistorized Four-Quadrant
                                  Time-Division Multiplier with an
                                  Accuracy of 0.1 Per Cent . . . . . . . . 41--47
                 Rajko Tomovich   New Applications of an Electronic
                                  Function Generator . . . . . . . . . . . 48--51
                   R. D. Berlin   Synthesis of $N$-Valued Switching
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52--56
                 George Epstein   Synthesis of Electronic Circuits for
                                  Symmetric Functions  . . . . . . . . . . 57--60
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60--60
                 J. J. Gano and   
                    G. F. Sandy   Thermistors for the Gradual Application
                                  of Heater Voltage to Thermionic Tubes    61--64
            R. P. Castanias and   
                  J. E. Sherman   Review of Computer Progress in 1957  . . 65--72
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--74
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75--76
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Current Literature  . . . . . 77--89

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-7, Number 2, June, 1958

               L. D. Kovach and   
                      W. Comley   Nonlinear Transfer Functions with
                                  Thyrite  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91--97
                 P. Venkata Rao   A Novel Type of Isograph (Algebraic
                                  Equation Solver) . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--103
           John V. Blankenbaker   Logically Micro-Programmed Computers . . 103--109
            M. W. Marcovitz and   
                        E. Seif   Analytical Design of Resistor-Coupled
                                  Transistor Logical Circuits  . . . . . . 109--119
            R. G. Gillespie and   
                D. D. Aufenkamp   On the Analysis of Sequential Machines   119--122
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122--122
                Edward L. Braun   Digital Computers in Continuous Control
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123--128
             William F. Gunning   Computers in Process Industry Control    129--133
                Walter F. Bauer   Aspects of Real-Time Simulation  . . . . 134--136
             Alfred K. Susskind   Digital Information Processing for
                                  Machine-Tool Control . . . . . . . . . . 136--140
               L. R. Turner and   
                 J. H. Rawlings   Realization of Randomly Timed Computer
                                  Input and Output by Means of an
                                  Interrupt Feature  . . . . . . . . . . . 141--149
                      Anonymous   Questions and Discussion . . . . . . . . 150--155
          Douglas B. Netherwood   Logical Machine Design: A Selected
                                  Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155--178
                    W. H. Kautz   Unit-Distance Error-Checking Codes . . . 179--180
                    Ivan Flores   An Optimum Character Recognition System
                                  Using Decision Functions . . . . . . . . 180--180
               John N. Warfield   A Note on the Reduction of Switching
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180--181
            N. T. Grisamore and   
               L. S. Rotolo and   
                  G. U. Uyehara   Logical Design Using the Stroke Function 181--183
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183--184
                      Anonymous   SENEWS Science Education Subcommittee
                                  Newsletter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185--188
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188--188

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-7, Number 3, September, 1958

                      Anonymous   The Chairman's Column  . . . . . . . . . 189--189
                      Anonymous   Willis H. Ware . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190--190
               C. A. Krause and   
                     R. R. Lowe   Design of AC Computing Amplifiers Using
                                  Transistors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191--195
                 Roderick Gould   A Note on Contact Networks for Switching
                                  Functions of Four Variables  . . . . . . 196--198
                Joseph Otterman   On the Loop- and Node-Analysis
                                  Approaches to the Simulation of
                                  Electrical Networks  . . . . . . . . . . 199--206
               Harvey L. Garner   Generalized Parity Checking  . . . . . . 207--213
                  Harry J. Gray   Investigations of Magnetic Amplifiers
                                  with Feedback  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213--217
             James E. Robertson   A New Class of Digital Division Methods  218--222
              Jack L. Rosenfeld   Magnetic Core Pulse-Switching Circuits
                                  for Standard Packages  . . . . . . . . . 223--228
              T. D. Rossing and   
                W. M. Overn and   
                V. J. Korkowski   The Switching Characteristics of 4-79
                                  Permalloy Cores with Different Anneals   228--231
              Raymond E. Miller   Formal Analysis and Synthesis of
                                  Bilateral Switching Networks . . . . . . 231--244
            Douglas J. Hamilton   A Transistor Pulse Generator for Digital
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244--249
                      Anonymous   Corrections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250--250
                      Anonymous   Corrections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250--250
                 J. N. Warfield   Switching Circuits as Topological Models
                                  in Discrete Probability Theory . . . . . 251--252
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252--253
                      Anonymous   SENEWS Science Education Subcommittee
                                  Newsletter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254--258
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259--259

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-7, Number 4, December, 1958

                      Anonymous   Howard E. Tompkins . . . . . . . . . . . 261--261
                  Mao-Chao Chen   A Magnetic Core Parallel Adder . . . . . 262--264
              N. Metropolis and   
               R. L. Ashenhurst   Significant Digit Computer Arithmetic    265--267
             Shreeram Abhyankar   Minimal ``Sum of Products of Sums''
                                  Expressions of Boolean Functions . . . . 268--276
                  I. Flores and   
                    F. Ragonese   A Method for Synthesizing the Waveform
                                  Generated by a Character, Printed in
                                  Magnetic Ink, in Passing Beneath a
                                  Magnetic Reading Head  . . . . . . . . . 277--282
                  S. P. Frankel   On the Minimum Logical Complexity
                                  Required for a General Purpose Computer  282--285
           E. J. McCluskey, Jr.   Iterative Combinational Switching
                                  Networks --- General Design
                                  Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285--291
                      N. Rouche   Some Properties of Boolean Equations . . 291--298
                D. D. Aufenkamp   Analysis of Sequential Machines II . . . 299--306
                   T. Miura and   
                      M. Nagata   Theoretical Consideration of Computing
                                  Errors of a Slow Type Electronic Analog
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306--312
                John F. Couleur   BIDEC --- A Binary-to-Decimal or
                                  Decimal-to-Binary Converter  . . . . . . 313--316
                 Noah S. Prywes   Diodeless Magnetic Shift Registers
                                  Utilizing Transfluxors . . . . . . . . . 316--324
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324--324
                     G. P. Weeg   Folding of Symmetric Functions . . . . . 325--325
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326--327
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327--327
                      Anonymous   SENEWS Science Education Subcommittee
                                  Newsletter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328--330
                      Anonymous   Index to IRE Transactions on Electronic
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331--334


IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-8, Number 1, March, 1959

                      Anonymous   The Chairman's Column  . . . . . . . . . 1--2
             Shreeram Abhyankar   Absolute Minimal Expressions of Boolean
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--8
                     S. C. Chao   A Generalized Resistor-Transistor Logic
                                  Circuit and Some Applications  . . . . . 8--12
               Seymour Ginsburg   A Synthesis Technique for Minimal State
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 13--24
               Harvey L. Garner   A Ring Model for the Study of
                                  Multiplication for Complement Codes  . . 25--30
                  Donald Savitt   A High-Speed Analog to Digital Converter 31--35
                 D. W. Ladd and   
                     E. W. Wolf   A Non-Real-Time Simulation of SAGE
                                  Tracking and BOMARC Guidance . . . . . . 36--41
                  Eugene Rawdin   Time Multiplexing as Applied to Analog
                                  Computation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42--47
                 J. H. Mulligan   A Figure of Merit for Single-Pass Data
                                  Recording Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . 48--54
          A. A. B. Pritsker and   
          R. C. Van Buskirk and   
                J. K. Wetherbee   Simulation to Obtain a Systems Measure
                                  of an Air Duel Environment . . . . . . . 55--59
                 K. W. Uncapher   1958 PGEC Membership Survey Report . . . 60--67
              William E. Waters   An Analog Method for Constructing a
                                  Curve  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68--68
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 69--79
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--82
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82--82
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--84
                      Anonymous   SENEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85--86
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87--87

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-8, Number 2, June, 1959

                      Anonymous   Richard O. Endres  . . . . . . . . . . . 89--89
                      Anonymous   The Chairman's Column  . . . . . . . . . 90--91
               Eric E. Bittmann   Thin-Film Memories . . . . . . . . . . . 92--97
             J. T. Wallmark and   
                   S. M. Marcus   Integrated Devices Using Direct-Coupled
                                  Unipolar Transistor Logic  . . . . . . . 98--107
              V. H. Grinich and   
                        I. Haas   P-N-$\pi$-N Triode Switching
                                  Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108--113
                     T. E. Bray   An Electro-Optical Shift Register  . . . 113--117
   Frederick P. Brooks, Jr. and   
           Gerrit A. Blaauw and   
                Werner Buchholz   Processing Data in Bits and Pieces . . . 118--124
            D. E. Rosenheim and   
                      R. B. Ash   Increasing Reliability by the Use of
                                  Redundant Machines . . . . . . . . . . . 125--130
               Robert S. Ledley   Boolean Matrix Equations in Digital
                                  Circuit Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--139
               Harvey L. Garner   The Residue Number System  . . . . . . . 140--147
               Walter L. Morgan   Bibliography of Digital Magnetic
                                  Circuits and Materials . . . . . . . . . 148--158
               J. J. Miyata and   
                   R. R. Hartel   The Recording and Reproduction of
                                  Signals on Magnetic Medium Using
                                  Saturation-Type Recording  . . . . . . . 159--169
                   E. Bloch and   
                  R. C. Paulsen   Magnetic Core Logic in a High-Speed
                                  Card-to-Tape Converter . . . . . . . . . 169--181
                  P. Madich and   
                 J. Petrich and   
                N. Parezanovich   The Use of a Repetitive Differential
                                  Analyzer for Finding Roots of Polynomial
                                  Equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182--185
                  R. C. Lee and   
                      F. B. Cox   A High-Speed Analog-Digital Computer for
                                  Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186--197
                   R. V. Powell   Distributed Parameter Vibration with
                                  Structural Damping and Noise Excitation  197--200
               J. K. Munson and   
                    A. I. Rubin   Optimization by Random Search on the
                                  Analog Computer  . . . . . . . . . . . . 200--203
               Elmer G. Gilbert   Linear System Approximation by
                                  Differential Analyzer Simulation of
                                  Orthonormal Approximation Functions  . . 204--209
                George A. Bekey   Generalized Integration on the Analog
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210--217
                    L. Bush and   
                     P. Orlando   A Perturbation Technique for Analog
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218--221
               Paul E. Pfeiffer   A Four-Quadrant Multiplier Using
                                  Triangular Waves, Diodes, Resistors, and
                                  Operational Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . 222--227
                Paul M. Kintner   Dual-Polarity Logic as a Design Tool . . 227--228
              P. J. Van Heerden   Analysis of Binary Time Series in
                                  Periodic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . 228--229
               Jerome Rothstein   Residues of Binary Numbers Modulo Three  229--229
                     C. K. Chow   Comments on Optimum Character
                                  Recognition Systems  . . . . . . . . . . 230--230
               Robert S. Ledley   Solution to Boolean Equations  . . . . . 230--230
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231--235
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 236--247
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248--249
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250--250
                      Anonymous   PGEC News and Notices  . . . . . . . . . 251--252
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 253--260

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-8, Number 3, September, 1959

                      Anonymous   The Chairman's Column  . . . . . . . . . 261--261
             Marshall C. Yovits   ONR Symposium on Microwave Techniques
                                  for Computing Systems  . . . . . . . . . 262--262
                  R. E. Meagher   History and Introduction --- Microwave
                                  Techniques for Computers . . . . . . . . 263--265
                 W. C. G. Ortel   Nanosecond Logic by Amplitude Modulation
                                  at $X$ Band  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265--271
             Stanley P. Frankel   A Logic Design for a Microwave Computer  271--276
          L. S. Onyshkevych and   
            W. F. Kosonocky and   
                       A. W. Lo   Parametric Phase-Locked Oscillator ---
                                  Characteristics and Applications to
                                  Digital Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . 277--286
               J. Hilibrand and   
              C. W. Mueller and   
              C. F. Stocker and   
                     R. D. Gold   Semiconductor Parametric Diodes in
                                  Microwave Computers  . . . . . . . . . . 287--297
             D. J. Blattner and   
                     F. Sterzer   Fast Microwave Logic Circuits  . . . . . 297--301
                  W. Sauter and   
                   P. J. Isaacs   Microwave Logic Circuits Using Diodes    302--307
                   Norman Kroll   Properties of Propagating Structures
                                  with Variable Parameter Elements . . . . 307--307
                  S. Muroga and   
                   K. Takashima   The Parametron Digital Computer
                                  MUSASINO-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308--316
                Stanley K. Chao   A Glow Counting Tube Read-Out Technique
                                  and Its Application  . . . . . . . . . . 317--320
              William L. Kilmer   An Idealized Over-All Error-Correcting
                                  Digital Computer Having Only an
                                  Error-Detecting Combinational Part . . . 321--325
                 H. J. Gray and   
              H. H. Nishino and   
                 A. L. Vivatson   System Organization of a
                                  Multiple-Cockpit Digital Operational
                                  Flight Trainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326--330
                 Jack E. Volder   The CORDIC Trigonometric Computing
                                  Technique  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330--334
                  D. H. Daggett   Decimal--Binary Conversions in CORDIC    335--339
          Douglas B. Netherwood   Minimal Sequential Machines  . . . . . . 339--345
               Seymour Ginsburg   A Technique for the Reduction of a Given
                                  Machine to a Minimal-State Machine . . . 346--355
                M. C. Paull and   
                    S. H. Unger   Minimizing the Number of States in
                                  Incompletely Specified Sequential
                                  Switching Functions  . . . . . . . . . . 356--367
          Douglas B. Netherwood   Logical Machine Design II: A Selected
                                  Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367--380
                  A. Ben Clymer   Operational Analog Simulation of the
                                  Vibration of a Beam and a Rectangular
                                  Multicellular Structure  . . . . . . . . 381--391
              Edward O. Gilbert   The Design of Position and Velocity
                                  Servos for Multiplying and Function
                                  Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391--399
                Robert T. Chien   Orthogonal Matrices, Error-Correcting
                                  Codes and Load-Sharing Matrix Switches   400--400
                   D. E. Muller   Treatment of Transition Signals in
                                  Electronic Switching Circuits by
                                  Algebraic Methods  . . . . . . . . . . . 401--401
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402--406
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407--408
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 409--420
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421--423
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423--423
                      Anonymous   SENEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424--429
                      Anonymous   PGEC News and Notices  . . . . . . . . . 430--430

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-8, Number 4, December, 1959

                      Anonymous   Index to IRE Transactions on Electronic
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--6
              Richard O. Endres   The Chairman's Column  . . . . . . . . . 431--431
              W. J. Giguere and   
              J. H. Jamison and   
                     J. C. Noll   Transistor Pulse Circuits for 160-MC
                                  Clock Rates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432--438
            E. J. McCluskey and   
                    S. H. Unger   A Note on the Number of Internal
                                  Variable Assignments for Sequential
                                  Switching Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . 439--440
               Seymour Ginsburg   Synthesis of Minimal-State Machines  . . 441--449
                Harold M. Lucal   Arithmetic Operations for Digital
                                  Computers Using a Modified Reflected
                                  Binary Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449--458
                   H. Chang and   
                   A. G. Milnes   Magnetic Fields of Square-Loop Thin
                                  Films of Oblate Spheroidal Geometry  . . 458--464
             S. J. Schwartz and   
                    J. S. Sallo   Electrodeposited Twistor and Bit Wire
                                  Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465--469
                  L. M. Lambert   Nondestructive Readout of Metallic-Tape
                                  Computer Cores . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470--474
                  A. Melmed and   
                     R. Shevlin   Diode-Steered Magnetic-Core Memory . . . 474--478
                  M. Graham and   
               G. L. Miller and   
                 H. R. Pate and   
                     R. Spinrad   The Design of a Large Electrostatic
                                  Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479--485
                    Arthur Gill   Systematic Scaling for Digital
                                  Differential Analyzers . . . . . . . . . 486--489
             E. M. Zaitzeff and   
                 M. M. Astrahan   Russian Visit to U.S. Computers  . . . . 489--497
                R. Fullwood and   
                     P. Spiegel   An Accurate Bidirectional Transmission
                                  Gate Using Semiconductor Diodes  . . . . 498--498
                   A. A. Mullin   Self-Dual Symmetric Switching Functions
                                  with a Certain $a$-Number Constraint . . 498--499
                   A. A. Mullin   Combinational Relay Switching Fields . . 499--499
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500--502
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503--506
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 507--520
                      Anonymous   1959 Index to Abstracts of Current
                                  Computer Literature  . . . . . . . . . . 521--531
                      Anonymous   PGEC News and Notices  . . . . . . . . . 532--532
                      Anonymous   SENEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533--534


IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-9, Number 1, March, 1960

                      Anonymous   Arnold A. Cohen: Elected Chairman, PGEC,
                                  1960--1961 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--1
             A. S. Hoagland and   
                    G. C. Bacon   High Density Digital Magnetic Recording
                                  Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--11
                    Arthur Gill   The Optimal Organization of Serial
                                  Memory Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . 12--15
                 Dale P. Masher   The Design of Diode-Transistor NOR
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--24
                    E. Goto and   
                  K. Murata and   
                K. Nakazawa and   
                K. Nakagawa and   
                T. Moto-Oka and   
                Y. Matsuoka and   
               Y. Ishibashi and   
                  H. Ishida and   
                    T. Soma and   
                        E. Wada   Esaki Diode High-Speed Logical Circuits  25--29
            D. B. Armstrong and   
              T. H. Crowley and   
              U. F. Gianola and   
                  E. E. Newhall   Magnetic Analogs of Relay Contact
                                  Networks for Logic . . . . . . . . . . . 30--35
          George W. Reitwiesner   The Determination of Carry Propagation
                                  Length for Binary Addition . . . . . . . 35--38
              R. McNaughton and   
                      H. Yamada   Regular Expressions and State Graphs for
                                  Automata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39--47
                 Sam D. Stearns   A Method for the Design of Pattern
                                  Recognition Logic  . . . . . . . . . . . 48--53
                  I. Flores and   
                        L. Grey   Optimization of Reference Signals for
                                  Character Recognition Systems  . . . . . 54--61
                  Ted W. Berwin   Frequency-to-Period-to-Analog Computer
                                  for Flowrate Measurement . . . . . . . . 62--71
                 Willis H. Ware   Soviet Computer Technology --- 1959  . . 72--120
                Granino A. Korn   Analog-Computer Representation of
                                  Inelastic Stops  . . . . . . . . . . . . 121--121
                   C. J. Nisson   Analysis and Methods for Detection of
                                  Some DC Amplifier Errors . . . . . . . . 121--122
                    Arthur Gill   Minimization of Contact Networks Subject
                                  to Reliability Specifications  . . . . . 122--123
                    D. S. Kamat   Two Modulator-Switches for Computer
                                  Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123--124
                    E. J. Gauss   Concerning Abstracts . . . . . . . . . . 125--125
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125--129
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130--133
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 134--148
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148--151
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151--151
                      Anonymous   PGEC News and Notices  . . . . . . . . . 152--153

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-9, Number 2, June, 1960

                    H. D. Crane   Sequence Detection Using All-Magnetic
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155--160
                G. H. Goldstick   Comparison of Saturated and Nonsaturated
                                  Switching Circuit Techniques . . . . . . 161--175
               V. P. Mathis and   
                H. Raillard and   
                    J. J. Suran   Comparative Performance of Saturating
                                  and Current-Clamped High-Frequency Pulse
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175--175
                I. P. V. Carter   A New Core Switch for Magnetic Matrix
                                  Stores and Other Purposes  . . . . . . . 176--191
            H. P. Schlaeppi and   
                I. P. V. Carter   Submicrosecond Core Memories Using
                                  Multiple Coincidence . . . . . . . . . . 192--198
                   H. Chang and   
                   A. G. Milnes   Magnetic Fields of Twistors Represented
                                  by Confocal Hollow Prolate Spheroids . . 199--207
                Thomas W. Kampe   The Design of a General-Purpose
                                  Microprogram-Controlled Computer with
                                  Elementary Structure . . . . . . . . . . 208--213
                    J. Sklansky   An Evaluation of Several Two-Summand
                                  Binary Adders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213--226
                    J. Sklansky   Conditional-Sum Addition Logic . . . . . 226--231
               William H. Kautz   Constant-Weight Counters and Decoding
                                  Trees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231--244
                 Thomas H. Mott   Determination of the Irredundant Normal
                                  Forms of a Truth Function by Iterated
                                  Consensus of the Prime Implicants  . . . 245--252
             W. F. Caldwell and   
                 G. A. Korn and   
              V. R. Latorre and   
                 G. R. Peterson   A Precision Amplitude-Distribution
                                  Amplifier  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252--255
                     E. V. Bohn   A Pulse Position Modulation Analog
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256--261
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261--261
                  D. R. Bennion   A Note on Magnetic Shift Registers . . . 262--262
                   John E. Croy   Improved Arrangement of a Decimal
                                  Multiplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263--263
           W. H. Highleyman and   
                L. A. Kamentsky   Comments on a Character Recognition
                                  Method of Bledsoe and Browning . . . . . 263--263
            Theodore A. Bickart   Computation of an Expression for the
                                  Frequency Spectrum of a Two-Sided Signal 263--264
                 Bernard Elspas   Self-Complementary Symmetry Types of
                                  Boolean Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . 264--266
                   A. A. Mullin   Correction to ``Self-Dual Symmetric
                                  Switching Functions with a Certain
                                  $a$-Number Constraint''  . . . . . . . . 266--266
                    R. P. Mayer   Progress Toward Block Diagram Standards  266--267
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267--269
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270--274
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 275--288
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288--291
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291--292
                      Anonymous   PGEC Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293--293
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294--294

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-9, Number 3, September, 1960

                     W. F. Chow   Tunnel Diode Digital Circuitry . . . . . 295--301
               D. B. Jarvis and   
               L. P. Morgan and   
                   J. A. Weaver   Transistor Current Switching and Routing
                                  Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302--308
                 A. V. Pohm and   
                 E. N. Mitchell   Magnetic Film Memories, A Survey . . . . 308--314
              R. F. Schauer and   
              R. M. Stewart and   
                 A. V. Pohm and   
                     A. A. Read   Some Applications of Magnetic Film
                                  Parametrons as Logical Devices . . . . . 315--320
              Kent D. Broadbent   A Thin Magnetic Film Shift Register  . . 321--323
              Robert M. Tillman   Fluxlok --- A Nondestructive,
                                  Random-Access Electrically Alterable:
                                  High-Speed Memory Technique Using
                                  Standard Ferrite Memory Cores  . . . . . 323--328
             D. A. Aaronson and   
                    D. B. James   Magnetostrictive Ultrasonic Delay Lines
                                  for a PCM Communication System . . . . . 329--332
                 David T. Brown   Error Detecting and Correcting Binary
                                  Codes for Arithmetic Operations  . . . . 333--337
                    R. Lindaman   A Theorem for Deriving Majority-Logic
                                  Networks Within an Augmented Boolean
                                  Algebra  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338--342
               E. L. Lawler and   
                   G. A. Salton   The Use of Parenthesis-Free Notation for
                                  the Automatic Design of Switching
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342--352
               R. L. Konigsberg   DC Amplifier Misalignment in Computing
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352--358
                M. B. Broughton   A Feedback Method for Obtaining a
                                  Synchro Output Signal Proportional to
                                  Input Angle $\theta$ for Large $\theta$  359--362
               Gilbert R. Grado   A Solution to the Euler Angle
                                  Transformation Equations . . . . . . . . 362--369
                    H. D. Crane   The Neuristor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370--371
                     S. C. Chao   Generalized RTL Circuits ---
                                  Supplementary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371--372
              Joel H. Germeroth   Casting Out Threes in Binary Numbers . . 373--373
                   Julus T. Tou   Digital Programming for the Inversion of
                                  $Z$ Transforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373--373
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374--376
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377--388
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 389--404
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404--405
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405--408
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409--410
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411--413

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-9, Number 4, December, 1960

                      Anonymous   Index to IRE Transactions on Electronic
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--9
                   F. K. Buelow   Improvements to Current Switching  . . . 415--418
                J. T. Lynch and   
                    J. J. Karew   System Application of Hybrid Logic
                                  Circuitry  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418--423
                 G. W. Neff and   
               S. A. Butler and   
                D. L. Critchlow   Esaki Diode Logic Circuits . . . . . . . 423--429
                  R. H. Bergman   Tunnel Diode Logic Circuits  . . . . . . 430--438
                   Jan A. Narud   A Secondary-Emission Pulse Circuit, Its
                                  Analysis and Application . . . . . . . . 439--451
                     R. L. Gray   An Electrically Alterable Nondestructive
                                  Twistor Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451--455
            Douglas J. Hamilton   Current Build-Up in Avalanche
                                  Transistors with Resistance Loads  . . . 456--460
                 Forrest Salter   High-Speed Transistorized Adder for a
                                  Digital Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 461--464
         Herbert C. Hendrickson   Fast High-Accuracy Binary Parallel
                                  Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465--469
                    Arthur Gill   Characterizing Experiments for
                                  Finite-Memory Binary Automata  . . . . . 469--471
                  T. Marill and   
                    D. M. Green   Statistical Recognition Functions and
                                  the Design of Pattern Recognizers  . . . 472--477
                 G. C. Vandling   The Simplification of Multiple-Output
                                  Switching Networks Composed of
                                  Unilateral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . 477--486
                     G. P. Weeg   Uniqueness of Weighted Code
                                  Representations  . . . . . . . . . . . . 487--489
               R. J. Martin and   
              N. A. Masnari and   
                     J. E. Rowe   Analog Representation of Poisson's
                                  Equation in Two Dimensions . . . . . . . 490--496
               L. D. Kovach and   
                      W. Comley   A New, Solid-State, Nonlinear Analog
                                  Component  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496--503
                 R. Tomovic and   
                 N. Parezanovic   Solving Integral Equations on a
                                  Repetitive Differential Analyzer . . . . 503--506
                   M. A. Thomae   A New Technique for Analog Integration
                                  and Differentiation  . . . . . . . . . . 507--509
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509--509
              P. J. Van Heerden   Periodic Binary Time Series and Their
                                  Relation to Boolean Functions  . . . . . 510--510
                  M. Lehman and   
                       N. Burla   A Note on the
                                  Simultaneous-Carry-Generation System for
                                  High-Speed Adders  . . . . . . . . . . . 510--510
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511--514
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515--530
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 531--545
                      Anonymous   Two-Year Cumulative Index for Abstracts
                                  of Current Computer Literature
                                  1959--1960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547--572
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573--573
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574--578
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . nil5


IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-10, Number 1, March, 1961

              Robert McNaughton   Unate Truth Functions  . . . . . . . . . 1--6
              Robert C. Minnick   Linear-Input Logic . . . . . . . . . . . 6--16
                    M. Cohn and   
                    R. Lindaman   Axiomatic Majority-Decision Logic  . . . 17--21
               Thomas C. Bartee   Computer Design of Multiple-Output
                                  Logical Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . 21--30
           Douglas C. Engelbart   Games That Teach the Fundamentals of
                                  Computer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 31--41
                    M. Aoki and   
                      G. Estrin   Bilateral Switching Using Nonsymmetric
                                  Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42--50
                   R. Betts and   
                      G. Bishop   Ferrite Toroid Core Circuit Analysis . . 51--56
                    C. G. Shook   A Digital Static Magnetic Wire Storage
                                  with Nondestructive Read-Out . . . . . . 56--62
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62--62
           Philip Warren Cheney   A Digital Correlator Based on the
                                  Residue Number System  . . . . . . . . . 63--70
                R. M. Duffy and   
                  C. P. Gilbert   A Function Generator Using Cold-Cathode
                                  Selector Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71--77
               K. S. Miller and   
                    J. B. Walsh   Initial Conditions in Computer
                                  Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78--80
              Keith W. Uncapher   1960 PGEC Membership Report  . . . . . . 81--91
                R. B. Stone and   
                    G. M. White   High-Order Probability Generators  . . . 92--93
                   M. V. Wilkes   Self-Repairing Computers . . . . . . . . 93--94
                  H. S. Miiller   Majority Gates Applied to Simultaneous
                                  Comparators  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94--95
               R. Bianchini and   
                     C. Freiman   On Internal Variable Assignments for
                                  Sequential Switching Circuits  . . . . . 95--96
                  W. W. Bledsoe   Further Results on the $N$-tuple Pattern
                                  Recognition Method . . . . . . . . . . . 96--96
                    Leonard Uhr   A Possibly Misleading Conclusion as to
                                  the Inferiority of One Method for
                                  Pattern Recognition to a Second Method
                                  to which it is Guaranteed to be Superior 96--97
               W. H. Highleyman   Further Comments on the $N$-tuple
                                  Pattern Recognition Method . . . . . . . 97--97
                  N. V. Findler   Computer Model of Gambling and Bluffing  97--98
                  Jerome R. Cox   A Squaring Analog-Digital Converter  . . 98--100
               Philip W. Cheney   Analog-to-Digital Conversion with
                                  Threshold Detectors  . . . . . . . . . . 100--101
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102--104
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--117
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 118--136
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137--137
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138--141
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142--143
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143--147

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-10, Number 2, April, 1961

                      Anonymous   New Editor-in-Chief of IRETEC  . . . . . 149--149
                      Anonymous   Editorial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150--150
                 K. V. Mina and   
                  E. E. Newhall   A Straightforward Way of Generating All
                                  Boolean Functions of $N$ Variables Using
                                  a Single Magnetic Circuit  . . . . . . . 151--156
                   J. Hartmanis   On the State Assignment Problem for
                                  Sequential Machines. I . . . . . . . . . 157--165
                      J. T. Chu   A Generalization of a Theorem of Quine
                                  for Simplifying Truth Functions  . . . . 165--168
                 Roy G. Saltman   Reducing Computing Time for Synchronous
                                  Binary Division  . . . . . . . . . . . . 169--174
                H. J. Heijn and   
                   J. C. Selman   The Philips Computer PASCAL  . . . . . . 175--183
               H. S. Yourke and   
               S. A. Butler and   
                   W. G. Strohm   Esaki Diode NOT--OR Logic Circuits . . . 183--190
                 John L. Haynes   Logic Circuits Using Square-Loop
                                  Magnetic Devices: A Survey . . . . . . . 191--203
              D. R. Bennion and   
                H. D. Crane and   
                D. C. Engelbart   A Bibliographical Sketch of All-Magnetic
                                  Logic Schemes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203--206
                H. D. Crane and   
              E. K. Van De Riet   Design of an All-Magnetic Computing
                                  System: Part I --- Circuit Design  . . . 207--220
                    H. D. Crane   Design of an All-Magnetic Computing
                                  System: Part II --- Logical Design . . . 221--232
                C. A. Allen and   
                G. D. Bruce and   
                 E. D. Councill   A 2.18-Microsecond Megabit Core Storage
                                  Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233--237
       Warren A. Christopherson   Matrix Switch and Drive System for a
                                  Low-Cost Magnetic-Core Memory  . . . . . 238--246
                      M. Lehman   Serial Matrix Storage Systems  . . . . . 247--252
                  Frank F. Tsui   A Flexible and Inexpensive Method of
                                  Monitoring Program Execution in a
                                  Digital Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 253--259
                Herbert Freeman   On the Encoding of Arbitrary Geometric
                                  Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260--268
                  E. Kettel and   
                   W. Schneider   An Accurate Analog Multiplier and
                                  Divider  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269--272
                   R. A. Kaenel   High-Speed Analog-to-Digital Converters
                                  Utilizing Tunnel Diodes  . . . . . . . . 273--284
                Arthur Rothbart   Bibliography on Magnetostrictive Delay
                                  Lines  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285--285
              H. H. Edwards and   
             V. L. Newhouse and   
                   J. W. Bremer   Analysis of a Crossed-Film Cryoton Shift
                                  Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285--287
               W. H. Highleyman   A Note on Optimum Pattern Recognition
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287--288
                    J. E. Mezei   Minimal Characterizing Experiments for
                                  Finite Memory Automata . . . . . . . . . 288--288
                  J. Myhill and   
                    W. H. Kautz   On the Size of Weights Required for
                                  Linear-Input Switching Functions . . . . 288--290
                    Arthur Gill   A Note on Moore's Distinguishability
                                  Theorem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290--291
           Douglas C. Engelbart   Correction: ``Games that Teach the
                                  Fundamentals of Computer Operation'' . . 291--291
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292--295
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296--315
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 316--332
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332--335
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335--336
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337--340
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341--342
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 343--343

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-10, Number 3, September, 1961

                      Anonymous   Editorial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345--345
                      C. Y. Lee   An Algorithm for Path Connections and
                                  Its Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . 346--365
                    Arthur Gill   Cascaded Finite-State Machines . . . . . 366--370
               William H. Kautz   The Realization of Symmetric Switching
                                  Functions with Linear-Input Logical
                                  Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371--378
              Robert P. Coleman   Orthogonal Functions for the Logical
                                  Design of Switching Circuits . . . . . . 379--383
           B. M. Eisenstadt and   
                        B. Gold   Autocorrelations for Boolean Functions
                                  of Noiselike Periodic Sequences  . . . . 383--388
           Algirdas Avi\vzienis   Signed-Digit Number Representations for
                                  Fast Parallel Arithmetic . . . . . . . . 389--400
                C. W. Rosenthal   Computing Machine Aids to a Development
                                  Project  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400--406
                W. G. Brown and   
                 J. Tierney and   
                   R. Wasserman   Improvement of Electronic-Computer
                                  Reliability through the Use of
                                  Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407--416
                   Arthur W. Lo   Some Thoughts on Digital Components and
                                  Circuit Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . 416--425
               N. S. Prywes and   
                  H. Lukoff and   
                     J. Schwarz   UNIVAC--LARC High-Speed Circuitry: Case
                                  History in Circuit Optimization  . . . . 426--438
                L. L. Burns and   
             G. A. Alphonse and   
                     G. W. Leck   Coincident-Current Superconductive
                                  Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438--446
           D. H. MacPherson and   
                     R. K. York   Semipermanent Storage by Capacitive
                                  Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446--451
              W. A. Barrett and   
             F. B. Humphrey and   
                 J. A. Ruff and   
                  H. L. Stadler   A Card-Changeable
                                  Permanent-Magnet-Twistor Memory of Large
                                  Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451--461
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461--461
              P. L. Simmons and   
                  R. F. Simmons   The Simulation of Cognitive Processes:
                                  An Annotated Bibliography  . . . . . . . 462--483
              Herbert Gelernter   A Note on the System Requirements of a
                                  Digital Computer for the Manipulation of
                                  List Structures  . . . . . . . . . . . . 484--489
                L. A. Kamentsky   The Simulation of Three Machines Which
                                  Read Rows of Handwritten Arabic Numbers  489--501
               W. H. Highleyman   An Analog Method for Character
                                  Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502--512
                 G. Kovatch and   
                  W. E. Meserve   The Hall-Effect Analog Multiplier  . . . 512--515
               C. H. Single and   
                 J. A. Brussolo   Copper-Mandrel Potentiometer Dynamic
                                  Error and Compensation . . . . . . . . . 516--523
               M. L. Morgan and   
                   J. C. Looney   Design of the ESIAC\reg Algebraic
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524--529
                  W. W. Bledsoe   A Basic Limitation on the Speed of
                                  Digital Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . 530--530
                 John P. Larkin   Axiomatic Majority-Decision Logic  . . . 530--530
                 Karl S. Menger   A Modulo Two Adder for Three Inputs
                                  Using a Single Tunnel Diode  . . . . . . 530--531
                  R. Narasimhan   Minimizing Incompletely Specified
                                  Sequential Switching Functions . . . . . 531--532
               D. B. G. Edwards   High-Speed Transistorized Adders . . . . 532--532
             T. W. Connolly and   
                   K. S. Miller   Analog Computation of Covariance
                                  Matrices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533--533
                        Rob Roy   Multichannel Minimum-Amplitude
                                  Comparator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533--534
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535--540
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541--554
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 555--571
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571--574
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574--574
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575--578
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579--584
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 585--585

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-10, Number 4, December, 1961

                       M. Yoeli   The Cascade Decomposition of Sequential
                                  Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587--592
              R. E. Stearns and   
                   J. Hartmanis   On the State Assignment Problem for
                                  Sequential Machines II . . . . . . . . . 593--603
               Sheldon B. Akers   A Truth Table Method for the Synthesis
                                  of Combinational Logic . . . . . . . . . 604--615
              Sidney N. Einhorn   The Use of the Simplex Algorithm in the
                                  Mechanization of Boolean Switching
                                  Functions by Means of Magnetic Cores . . 615--622
               E. H. Sussenguth   An Algorithm for Automatic Design of
                                  Logical Cryogenic Circuits . . . . . . . 623--630
                   M. E. Arthur   Geometric Mapping of Switching Functions 631--637
                   Per A. Holst   Bibliography on Switching Circuits and
                                  Logical Algebra  . . . . . . . . . . . . 638--661
               J. B. Wilson and   
                   R. S. Ledley   An Algorithm for Rapid Binary Division   662--670
               S. B. Geller and   
               P. A. Mantek and   
                    D. R. Boyle   A General Junction-Transistor Equivalent
                                  Circuit for Use in Large-Signal
                                  Switching Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . 670--679
               A. L. Leiner and   
              A. Weinberger and   
                 C. Coleman and   
                    H. Loberman   Using Digital Computers in the Design
                                  and Maintenance of New Computers . . . . 680--690
                  M. Lehman and   
                       N. Burla   Skip Techniques for High-Speed
                                  Carry-Propagation in Binary Arithmetic
                                  Units  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691--698
              Robert C. Brigham   Some Properties of Binary Counters with
                                  Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699--701
                Lee E. Hargrave   A Magnetostrictive Delay-Line Shift
                                  Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702--708
                Donald O. Smith   Proposal for Magnetic Domain-Wall
                                  Storage and Logic  . . . . . . . . . . . 708--711
                 R. C. Johnston   Cryosar Memory Design  . . . . . . . . . 712--717
                 E. H. Frei and   
                    J. Goldberg   A Method for Resolving Multiple
                                  Responses in a Parallel Search File  . . 718--722
           Gerhard L. Hollander   Drum Organization for Strobe Addressing  722--729
                  Bert F. Green   Computer Languages for Symbol
                                  Manipulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729--735
                  D. N. Freeman   Computer Synthesis of
                                  Character-Recognition Systems  . . . . . 735--747
              C. S. Deering and   
                  C. B. Shelman   An Incremental Computer Technique for
                                  Solving Coordinate-Rotation Equations    748--751
               C. L. Becker and   
                     J. V. Wait   Two-Level Correlation on an Analog
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752--758
           Edward A. Feigenbaum   Soviet Cybernetics and Computer Sciences
                                  --- 1960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759--776
                   John E. Croy   Rapid Technique of Manual or Machine
                                  Binary-to-Decimal Integer Conversion
                                  Using Decimal Radix Arithmetic . . . . . 777--777
               W. H. Highleyman   A Note on Linear Separation  . . . . . . 777--778
                Harold F. Klock   Functional Notation for NOR and NAND
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778--778
               Sheldon B. Akers   On the Algebraic Manipulation of
                                  Majority Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779--779
                 Louis B. Wadel   Conversion from Conventional to
                                  Negative-Base Number Representation  . . 779--779
                   Jovan Petric   A New Method of Examining the Stability
                                  of Linear Systems Using a Repetitive
                                  Differential Analyzer  . . . . . . . . . 779--781
                 Karl S. Menger   Correction to ``A Modulo Two Adder for
                                  Three Inputs Using a Single Tunnel
                                  Diode''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781--781
                   E. L. Lawler   Minimization of Switching Circuits
                                  Subject to Reliability Conditions  . . . 781--782
                David L. Zackon   Variable Time Delay by Padé Approximation 783--783
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784--788
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789--796
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 797--843
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845--846
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847--848
                      Anonymous   Index to IRE Transactions on Electronic
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849--859


IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-11, Number 1, February, 1962

                      Anonymous   Special Analog-Hybrid Computer Issue . . 1--1
                    John McLeod   Ten Years of Computer Simulation . . . . 2--6
             P. M. Chirlian and   
                 V. A. Marsocci   Operational Amplifiers Using Controlled
                                  Superconductors  . . . . . . . . . . . . 6--9
            Donald T. Greenwood   A Comparison of Higher-Order Difference
                                  Methods in the Solution of
                                  Beam-Vibration Problems  . . . . . . . . 9--17
                   E. C. Deland   Simulation of a Biological System on an
                                  Analog Computer  . . . . . . . . . . . . 17--25
             P. H. Wendland and   
                   P. M. Hanlet   An Infinite-Resolution Function
                                  Generator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26--30
               Mark E. Connelly   Real-Time Analog-Digital Computation . . 31--41
                 Arthur Hausner   Parametric Techniques for Eliminating
                                  Division and Treating Singularities in
                                  Computer Solutions of Ordinary
                                  Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . 42--45
                   T. D. Truitt   An Analog-Digital Real-Time Computer . . 46--52
                  P. J. Hermann   Simulation of Steam Generation in a Heat
                                  Exchanger  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53--57
            Richard M. Terasaki   Analog Computation of Green's Function
                                  for Integrating Two-Point Boundary Value
                                  Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57--63
             N. Parezanovic and   
                    M. Dujmovic   Accuracy Improvements of the
                                  Tapped-Potentiometer Function Generators 63--66
                      Anonymous   Proposed IRE Standards for Analog
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67--79
                Eugene W. Henry   Analog-Computer Simulation of a
                                  Frequency Detector . . . . . . . . . . . 80--80
                F. W. Kasischke   Analog-Computer Technique for Simulation
                                  of Dynamic Pressure in Re-Entry Studies  80--82
                Granino A. Korn   Network Approximations of Variable Time
                                  Delays Require Caution . . . . . . . . . 82--82
             R. W. Williams and   
                   G. M. Parker   Synchro Circuit with Output Proportional
                                  to Input Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82--82
                Granino A. Korn   Exact Design Equations for Operational
                                  Amplifiers with Four-Terminal Computing
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82--83
                Juris Hartmanis   Maximal Autonomous Clocks of Sequential
                                  Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--86
                  G. S. Glinski   Magnetostrictive Delay Lines . . . . . . 86--86
                    E. L. Lawer   Electrical Assemblies with a Minimum
                                  Number of Interconnections . . . . . . . 86--88
                E. M. Partridge   A Linear Vector Recognition Function . . 88--88
               H. S. Miller and   
                   R. O. Winder   Majority-Logic Synthesis by Geometric
                                  Methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--90
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90--92
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93--104
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 105--115
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116--117
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--118
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119--119
                      Anonymous   IFIP News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120--120
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120--122

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-11, Number 2, April, 1962

                 William Kilmer   Iterative Switching Networks Composed of
                                  Combinational Cells  . . . . . . . . . . 123--131
               Seymour Ginsburg   Examples of Abstract Machines  . . . . . 132--135
                   K. K. Maitra   Cascaded Switching Networks of Two-Input
                                  Flexible Cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136--143
              Theodore M. Booth   The Vertex-Frame Method for Obtaining
                                  Minimal Proposition-Letter Formulas  . . 144--154
                  D. Cantor and   
                  G. Estrin and   
                        R. Turn   Logarithmic and Exponential Function
                                  Evaluation in a Variable Structure
                                  Digital Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 155--164
               Ronald M. Guffin   A Computer for Solving Linear
                                  Simultaneous Equations Using the Residue
                                  Number System  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164--173
                  Thomas Marill   Computational Chains and the
                                  Simplification of Computer Programs  . . 173--180
                   J. Atkin and   
                   N. B. Marple   Information Processing by Data
                                  Interrogation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181--187
                    E. J. Galli   The Stenowriter --- A System for the
                                  Lexical Processing of Stenotypy  . . . . 187--199
                   Harold Sobol   Time Average Thermal Properties of a
                                  Computer Utilizing Thin-Film
                                  Superconducting Elements . . . . . . . . 200--212
               C. A. Renton and   
                  B. Rabinovici   Tunnel-Diode Full Binary Adder . . . . . 213--217
                  J. A. Baldwin   Circuits Employing Toroidal Magnetic
                                  Cores as Analogs of Multipath Cores  . . 218--223
                 T. Kilburn and   
           D. B. G. Edwards and   
              M. J. Lanigan and   
                   F. H. Sumner   One-Level Storage System . . . . . . . . 223--235
            G. H. Goldstick and   
                    E. F. Klein   Design of Memory Sense Amplifiers  . . . 236--253
               Bohdan Kostyshyn   A Harmonic Analysis of Saturation
                                  Recording in a Magnetic Medium . . . . . 253--263
                     H. J. Kump   The Magnetic Configuration of Stylus
                                  Recording  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263--273
                    G. P. Steck   Stochastic Model for the
                                  Browning--Bledsoe Pattern Recognition
                                  Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274--282
                      Iwao Toda   On the Number of Types of Self-Dual
                                  Logical Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . 282--284
              G. M. Dillard and   
                  R. E. Simmons   An Electronic Generator of Random
                                  Numbers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284--284
                    Martin Cohn   Inconsistent Canonical Forms of
                                  Switching Functions  . . . . . . . . . . 284--285
               P. R. Bryant and   
                F. G. Heath and   
                  R. D. Killick   Counting with Feedback Shift Registers
                                  by Means of a Jump Technique . . . . . . 285--286
                   R. A. Kaenel   Hysteresis-Free Tunnel-Diode Amplitude
                                  Comparator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286--287
             M. A. Fischler and   
                      E. A. Poe   Threshold Realization of Arithmetic
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287--288
                   E. L. Lawler   Correction to ``Minimization of
                                  Switching Circuits Subject to
                                  Reliability Conditions'' . . . . . . . . 289--289
                  Roger Hockney   An Intersection Algorithm Giving All
                                  Irredundant Normal Forms from a Prime
                                  Implicant List . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289--290
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291--294
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295--303
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 305--316
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316--318
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318--318
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319--319
                      Anonymous   Obituary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320--320
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321--322

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-11, Number 3, June, 1962

                      Anonymous   Walter L. Anderson, Chairman, 1962--1963 323--323
           Janusz A. Brzozowski   A Survey of Regular Expressions and
                                  Their Applications . . . . . . . . . . . 324--335
                   A. Grasselli   The Design of Program-Modifiable
                                  Micro-Programmed Control Units . . . . . 336--339
                   O. J. Bedrij   Carry-select adder . . . . . . . . . . . 340--346
           Richard C. Singleton   Load-Sharing Core Switches Based on
                                  Block Designs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346--351
            R. C. Allinnick and   
                   J. L. Haynes   Magnetic Core Access Switches  . . . . . 352--368
               Peter G. Neumann   On the Logical Design of Noiseless
                                  Load-Sharing Matrix Switches . . . . . . 369--373
                W. J. Wray, Jr.   Worst Case Design of Variable-Threshold
                                  TRL Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382--389
             J. D. R. McQuillan   The Design Problems of a Megabit Storage
                                  Matrix for Use in a High-Speed Computer  390--404
            E. C. Leaycraft and   
                    E. H. Metan   Characteristics of a High-Speed
                                  Multipath Core for a Coincident-Current
                                  Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405--409
               W. P. Horton and   
            L. E. Hargrave, Jr.   Comment on ``A Magnetostrictive
                                  Register'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410--410
               P. R. Bryant and   
                  R. D. Killick   Nonlinear Feedback Shift Registers . . . 410--411
                 Joel M. Winett   An Alpha-State Finite Automaton for
                                  Multiplication by Alpha  . . . . . . . . 412--413
              W. W. Bledsoe and   
                   C. L. Bisson   Memory Matrices for the $n$-Tuple
                                  Pattern Recognition Method . . . . . . . 414--414
             D. S. Williams and   
                  J. T. Beckett   Teaching Aid for ``Games that Teach the
                                  Fundamentals of Computer Operation'' . . 415--415
                   G. W. Taylor   A Method of Increasing the Number of
                                  Orders in a Digital Computer . . . . . . 416--418
                D. B. Armstrong   Review: \booktitleOn the State
                                  Assignment Problem for Sequential
                                  Machines II, by R. E.Stearns and J.
                                  Hartmanis  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419--419
                    W. H. Kautz   Review: \booktitleSome Properties of
                                  Binary Counters With Feedback, by R. C.
                                  Brigham  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419--419
                D. D. Aufenkamp   Review: \booktitleOn Methods for
                                  Realizing a Finite Automaton Whose
                                  Cyclical Nature is Determined by the
                                  Variation of the Input State, by M. A.
                                  Aizerman, L. A. Gusev, L. I. Rozonoer,
                                  I. M. Smirnova and A. A. Tal'  . . . . . 419--419
                    Petar Madic   Review: \booktitleAn Incremental
                                  Computer Technique for Solving
                                  Coordinate-Rotation Equations, by C. S.
                                  Deering and C. B. Shelman  . . . . . . . 420--420
                O. L. MacSorley   Review: \booktitleAn Algorithm for Rapid
                                  Binary Division, by J. B. Wilson and R.
                                  S. Ledley  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420--420
                  M. S. Shumate   Review: \booktitleUse of a Combined
                                  Analog-Digital System for Re-Entry
                                  Vehicle Flight Simulation, by A. N.
                                  Wilson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420--420
                    A. I. Rubin   Review: \booktitleTwo-Level Correlation
                                  on an Analog Computer, by C. L. Becker
                                  and J. V. Wait . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421--421
                   R. L. Alonso   Review: \booktitleTunnel Diode Storage
                                  Using Current Sensing, by E. R. Beck, D.
                                  A. Savitt, and A. E. Whiteside . . . . . 422--422
                 E. N. Mitchell   Review: \booktitleCryosar Memory Design,
                                  by R. C. Johnston  . . . . . . . . . . . 422--422
                 A. S. Hoagland   Review: \booktitleCard Random Access
                                  Memory (CRAM): Functions and Use, by L.
                                  Bloom, I. Pardo, W. Keating, and E.
                                  Mayne  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422--422
                      P. R. Low   Review: \booktitleTesting of Micrologic
                                  Elements, by R. H. Norman and R. C.
                                  Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422--422
                 E. E. Bittmann   Review: \booktitleProposal for
                                  Demonstration of Domain Wall Storage and
                                  Logic, by D. O. Smith  . . . . . . . . . 423--423

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-11, Number 423--423, June, 1962

                   A. Rosenfeld   Review: \booktitleDesign Factors in the
                                  Development of an Optical Character
                                  Recognition Machine, by J. J. Leimer . . 

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-11, Number 3, June, 1962

                         L. Uhr   Review: \booktitleStatistical
                                  Recognition Functions and the Design of
                                  Pattern Recognizers, by T. Marill and D.
                                  M. Green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423--423
                      I. Flores   Review: \booktitleComputer Synthesis of
                                  Character Recognition Systems, by D. N.
                                  Freeman  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424--424
               E. E. David, Jr.   Review: \booktitleDigital-to-Voice
                                  Conversion, by E. L. Ragland . . . . . . 424--424
                  E. N. Gilbert   Review: \booktitleTransmission of
                                  Information, by R. M. Fano . . . . . . . 424--424
                     W. R. Adey   Review: \booktitleSensory Communication:
                                  Contributions to the Symposium on
                                  Principles of Sensory Communication, by
                                  W. A. Rosenblith . . . . . . . . . . . . 425--425
                    J. F. Nolan   Review: \booktitleMulti-Level
                                  Programming for a Real-Time System, by
                                  A. B. Shafritz, A. E. Miller, and K.
                                  Rose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426--426
                       M. Taube   Review: \booktitleInformation Retrieval:
                                  State of the Art, by D. R. Swanson . . . 426--426
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 427

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-11, Number 4, August, 1962

               C. L. Coates and   
             R. B. Kirchner and   
                P. M. Lewis, II   A Simplified Procedure for the
                                  Realization of Linearly-Separable
                                  Switching Functions  . . . . . . . . . . 447--458
                   S. Seshu and   
                  D. N. Freeman   The Diagnosis of Asynchronous Sequential
                                  Switching Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . 459--465
                D. B. Armstrong   A Programmed Algorithm for Assigning
                                  Internal Codes to Sequential Machines    466--472
                 I. B. Pyne and   
                E. J. McCluskey   The Reduction of Redundancy in Solving
                                  Prime Implicant Tables . . . . . . . . . 473--482
              Antonio Grasselli   Control Units for Sequencing Complex
                                  Asynchronous Operations  . . . . . . . . 483--493
          Nicholas Szabó   Sign Detection in Nonredundant Residue
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494--500
                 Y. A. Keir and   
               P. W. Cheney and   
                  M. Tannenbaum   Division and overflow detection in
                                  residue number systems . . . . . . . . . 501--507
               Peter G. Neumann   Encoding and Decoding for Cyclic
                                  Permutation Codes  . . . . . . . . . . . 507--511
               John N. Mitchell   Computer Multiplication and Division
                                  Using Binary Logarithms  . . . . . . . . 512--517
            G. H. Goldstick and   
                   D. G. MacKie   Design of Computer Circuits Using Linear
                                  Programming Techniques . . . . . . . . . 518--530
               James L. Farrell   Pulse Generator with Logarithmic Spacing 531--534
              P. L. Simmons and   
                  R. F. Simmons   The Simulation of Cognitive Processes,
                                  II: An Annotated Bibliography  . . . . . 535--552
                 T. C. Anderson   A Method for Evaluating Stieltjes
                                  Integrals on the Analog Computer . . . . 552--555
              L. E. Fogarty and   
                     R. M. Howe   Flight Simulation of Orbital and
                                  Re-Entry Vehicles  . . . . . . . . . . . 555--563
               Robert E. Keller   An Analog Computer Realization of the
                                  Euclidean Tools  . . . . . . . . . . . . 564--570
                 Arthur Hausner   Correction: ``Parametric Techniques for
                                  Eliminating Division and Treating
                                  Singularities in Computer Solutions of
                                  Ordinary Differential''  . . . . . . . . 570--570
                 Howard Handler   A Technique for Measuring the Phase
                                  Margin of an Operational Amplifier . . . 571--571
              Yves J. M. Blache   Automatic Time-Mark Generation for
                                  Analog Computer Phase-Plane Trajectories 571--572
                      C. Y. Lee   A Note on the $n$th Shortest Path
                                  Problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572--573
                  R. C. Minnick   Comments on ``The Use of the Simplex
                                  Algorithm in the Mechanization of
                                  Boolean Switching Functions by Means of
                                  Magnetic Cores'' . . . . . . . . . . . . 573--573
                  S. N. Einhorn   Author's Reply [to comments on ``The Use
                                  of the Simplex Algorithm in the
                                  Mechanization of Boolean Switching
                                  Functions by Means of Magnetic Cores'']  574--574
                    Hugo Ghiron   Rules to Manipulate Regular Expressions
                                  of Finite Automata . . . . . . . . . . . 574--575
                    M. Y. Hsiao   A Decoder Scheme Using Magnetic-Core
                                  Matrices for Systematic Codes  . . . . . 575--576
             V. A. Marsocci and   
                 P. M. Chirlian   On the Accuracy of Operational
                                  Amplifiers Utilizing Controlled
                                  Superconductors  . . . . . . . . . . . . 577--577
                 R. J. Slobodin   On Statistical Analysis of a DTL Gate    577--577
               C. L. Becker and   
                     J. V. Wait   Correction to ``Two-Level Correlation of
                                  an Analog Computer'' . . . . . . . . . . 578--579
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580--582
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583--590
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 591--603
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604--605
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606--606
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607--607
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607--609

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-11, Number 5, October, 1962

                D. B. Armstrong   On the Efficient Assignment of Internal
                                  Codes to Sequential Machines . . . . . . 611--622
                   Hisao Yamada   Disjunctively Linear Logic Nets  . . . . 623--639
             Irving J. Gabelman   The Synthesis of Boolean Functions Using
                                  a Single Threshold Element . . . . . . . 639--642
                    Rein Teoste   Design of a Repairable Redundant
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643--649
                       Fred Lee   An Automatic Self-Checking and
                                  Fault-Locating Method  . . . . . . . . . 649--654
                    C. H. Wolff   Coding for Multiple Asymmetric Errors in
                                  One Channel of a Multichannel System . . 655--658
                W. R. Smith and   
                     A. V. Pohm   A New Approach to
                                  Resistor-Transistor-Tunnel-Diode
                                  Nanosecond Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . 658--664
                  J. A. Baldwin   Flux Reversal in Three-Rung Laddics  . . 664--676
                  Frank F. Tsui   Improving the Performance of the
                                  Sense-Amplifier Circuit Through
                                  Pre-Amplification Strobing and
                                  Noise-Matched Clipping . . . . . . . . . 677--683
                     C. K. Chow   A Recognition Method Using Neighbor
                                  Dependence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683--690
                    A. I. Rubin   Continuous Regression Techniques Using
                                  Analog Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . 691--699
                   C. Green and   
                  H. D'Hoop and   
                     A. Debroux   APACHE-A Breakthrough in Analog
                                  Computing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699--706
             A. L. Vivatson and   
                  W. C. Slemmer   Comments on ``Real-Time Analog-Digital
                                  Computation''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707--707
             A. L. Vivatson and   
                  W. C. Slemmer   Comments on ``Real-Time Analog-Digital
                                  Computation''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707--708
              Charles P. Rozier   Decimal-to-Binary Conversion Using Octal
                                  Radix Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . 708--709
                 Harry R. Eckes   New Analog-Computer Setup for a Bistable
                                  Element Permitting Symmetrical
                                  Triggering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709--709
               Sidney B. Geller   Obtaining the Internal Junction
                                  Characteristics of a Transistor for Use
                                  in Analog Simulation . . . . . . . . . . 709--710
                  Jon S. Squire   An 11-Cryotron Full Adder  . . . . . . . 710--711
                  L. Calabi and   
                    J. A. Riley   Inessentiality in Minimal Networks and
                                  Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711--713
            A. K. Choudhury and   
                     M. S. Basu   A Mechanized Chart for Simplification of
                                  Switching Functions  . . . . . . . . . . 713--714
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714--714
               P. R. Bryant and   
                  R. D. Killick   Correction to ``Nonlinear Feedback Shift
                                  Registers''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714--714
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715--716
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717--726
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 727--737
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737--739
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739--739
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740--740
                      Anonymous   AFIPS News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740--741
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741--742

IRE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-11, Number 6, December, 1962

                Robert A. Short   The Design of Complementary-Output
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743--753
                   Hisao Yamada   Real-Time Computation and Recursive
                                  Functions Not Real-Time Computable . . . 753--760
                   Gernot Metze   A Class of Binary Divisions Yielding
                                  Minimally Represented Quotients  . . . . 761--764
                 Lester F. Shew   High-Density Magnetic Head Design for
                                  Noncontact Recording . . . . . . . . . . 764--773
                 W. N. Carr and   
                   A. G. Milnes   Bias-Controlled Tunnel-Pair Logic
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773--779
                 Hermann Schmid   Linear-Segment Function Generator  . . . 780--788
                   R. F. Elfant   Approximations for the Demagnetizing
                                  Factors of Hollow Cylinders Represented
                                  by Confocal Hollow Prolate Spheroids . . 789--789
              B. Rabinovici and   
                   C. A. Renton   A Transistor Flip-Flop Full Binary Adder 789--791
                  T. Kiyono and   
                   K. Ikeda and   
                      H. Ichiki   Analog-To-Digital Converter Utilizing an
                                  Esaki Diode Stack  . . . . . . . . . . . 791--792
                   R. W. Thorpe   Constant Current Source for Analog
                                  Computer Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792--793
                 Vasil Uzunoglu   Circuits Using Tunnel Diode Flip-Flops
                                  and PNPN Diodes  . . . . . . . . . . . . 793--796
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797--797
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798--807
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 809--832
                      Anonymous   IFIP News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833--833
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833--833
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834--835
                      Anonymous   Index to IRE Transactions on Electronic
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836--845


IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-12, Number 1, February, 1963

                      Anonymous   Call for Papers  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--1
                     G. Fan and   
                  E. Donath and   
           E. S. Barrekette and   
                      A. Wirgin   Analysis of a Magneto-Optic Readout
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--9
              T. R. Bashkow and   
                  J. Friets and   
                      A. Karson   A Programming System for Detection and
                                  Diagnosis of Machine Malfunctions  . . . 10--17
                 Paul W. Cooper   The Multiple-Category Bayes Decision
                                  Procedure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18--18
                    Shimon Even   Snake in the Box Codes . . . . . . . . . 18--18
                Juris Hartmanis   The Equivalence of Sequential Machine
                                  Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18--19
                S. C. Gupta and   
                J. J. O'Donnell   Manipulation of State Transition
                                  Matrices of Finite Markov Chains . . . . 19--20
            Donald L. Dietmeyer   Conversion from Positive to Negative and
                                  Imaginary Radix  . . . . . . . . . . . . 20--22
               George H. Barnes   Comment on ``An Electronic Generator of
                                  Random Numbers'' . . . . . . . . . . . . 22--22
                      A. Thiney   Rise and Fall Times of Transistors in
                                  Switching Operation Regardless of the
                                  Driving Source Impedance . . . . . . . . 23--23
             J. T. Wallmark and   
                   A. G. Revesz   Redundancy in Unipolar Field-Effect
                                  Transistor Circuits  . . . . . . . . . . 23--25
                     C. K. Chow   An Experimental Result on Character
                                  Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--25
               John A. Bradshaw   Letter Recognition Using a Captive Scan  26--26
                   Yngvar Lundh   A Digital Integrator for On-Line Signal
                                  Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26--28
                    S. H. Unger   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28--29
                   A. Avizienis   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30--38
                   R. S. Ledley   R63-16 The Storage and Retrieval of
                                  Physiological and Medical Data in a
                                  Modern Hospital  . . . . . . . . . . . . 36--36
                   D. H. Lehmer   R63--17 Division and Overflow Detection
                                  in Residue Number Systems  . . . . . . . 36--37
                       W. Semon   R63-18 Sign Detection in Nonredundant
                                  Residue Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--37
                   J. S. Wholey   R63-19 An Approach to General Patteme
                                  Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--37
                    P. J. Stone   R63-20 Adaptive Mechanisms in Digital
                                  ``Concept'' Processing . . . . . . . . . 37--38
                      G. Salton   R63-21 The Stenowriter --- A System for
                                  the Lexical Processing of Stenotypy  . . 38--38
                    S. H. Unger   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 39--51
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 39--54
                B. J. Flehinger   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51--54
                   K. K. Maitra   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54--54
                B. J. Flehinger   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55--55
                      Anonymous   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55--56
                    S. H. Unger   AFIPS News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55--56
                      Anonymous   IFIP News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56--56
                G. S. Sebestyen   IFIP News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56--56
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57--59
                  C. T. Leondes   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57--59
                      Anonymous   PTGEC People . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59--59--a
                      B. Elspas   PTGEC People . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59--59
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 59--b
                   J. Hartmanis   Membership in the Professional Technical
                                  Group on Electronic Computers  . . . . . 60--60

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-12, Number 2, April, 1963

                   R. H. Urbano   Boolean Matrices and the Stability of
                                  Neural Nets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--66
           J. A. Brzozowski and   
                E. J. McCluskey   Signal Flow Graph Techniques for
                                  Sequential Circuit State Diagrams  . . . 67--76
                   Irving Stein   Generalized Pulse Recording  . . . . . . 77--92
             M. F. Barkouki and   
                       I. Stein   Theoretical and Experimental Evaluation
                                  of RZ and NRZ Recording Characteristics  92--100
                Marvin L. Stein   Automatic Digital Programming of Analog
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100--111
                R. H. Wilkinson   A Method of Generating Functions of
                                  Several Variables Using Analog Diode
                                  Logic  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112--129
              Robert J. Lechner   Transformations Among Switching Function
                                  Canonical Forms  . . . . . . . . . . . . 129--130
              R. C. Minnick and   
                  B. Elspas and   
                    R. A. Short   Symmetric Latin Squares  . . . . . . . . 130--131
                Otakar A. Horna   Majority-Logic Synthesis . . . . . . . . 131--132
              James L. Costanza   The Identification of Combinational
                                  Logic Switching Structure  . . . . . . . 132--133
                 Frank M. Brown   A Node-Elimination Theorem for Boolean
                                  Matrices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133--134
                   C. A. Gaston   A Simple Test for Linear Separability    134--135
               W. H. Highleyman   Data for Character Recognition Studies   135--136
                     Louis Fein   Renaming the PTGEC . . . . . . . . . . . 136--136
                    W. A. Beyer   Uniqueness of Weighted Code
                                  Representations, II  . . . . . . . . . . 137--137
             P. M. Chirlian and   
                 V. A. Marsocci   Note on a Review of ``Operational
                                  Amplifiers Using Controlled
                                  Superconductors''  . . . . . . . . . . . 137--137
               O. Firschein and   
                    M. Fischler   Automatic Subclass Determination for
                                  pattern-Recognition Applications . . . . 137--141
                     Louis Fein   Scientific and Technical Conventions . . 141--142
                    J. Sklansky   Ultimate-Speed Adders  . . . . . . . . . 142--148
                 P. M. Chirlian   The Fabrication of Low Resistances at
                                  Liquid Helium Temperatures . . . . . . . 148--148
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149--149
                   R. E. Levien   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150--158
                 M. A. Fischler   R63-31 A ``Logical Pattern'' Recognition
                                  Program  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154--155
                     R. M. Karp   R63-32 Computational Chains and the
                                  Simplification of Computer Programs  . . 155--155
                    P. M. Lewis   R63-33 Introduction to the Theory of
                                  Finite State Machines  . . . . . . . . . 155--156
                        A. Gill   R63-34 Some Dangers in State Reduction
                                  of Sequential Machines . . . . . . . . . 156--156
                        S. Levy   R63-35 A Study of Some Self-Correcting
                                  Sequential Networks  . . . . . . . . . . 156--157
                       C. Green   R63-38 Experience with Hybrid
                                  Computation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--157
                    R. J. Press   R63-37 A Logic Design Translator . . . . 157--157
                   T. D. Truitt   R63-36 An Analog Input and Output System
                                  for a Real-Time Process Control Computer
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--157
                    R. Fitzhugh   R63-40 An Active Pulse Transmission Line
                                  Simulating Nerve Axon  . . . . . . . . . 158--158
                    H. J. Heijn   R63-39 The Solomon Computer  . . . . . . 158--158
                  C. T. Leondes   R63-41 A Nonlinear Digital Optimizing
                                  Program for Process Control Systems  . . 158--158
                 M. A. Harrison   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 159--172
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 159--175
                  R. J. Lechner   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172--174
                   W. R. Cowell   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175--175
                      Anonymous   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176--176
                  E. N. Gilbert   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176--176
                  B. Rabinovici   AFIPS News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176--176
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--179
                   A. A. Mullin   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--179
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 179--b

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-12, Number 3, June, 1963

                      Anonymous   Call for Papers  . . . . . . . . . . . . 182--182
               Fusachika Miyata   Realization of Arbitrary Logical
                                  Functions Using Majority Elements  . . . 183--191
                   W. H. Hanson   Ternary Threshold Logic  . . . . . . . . 191--197
                  Leo Hellerman   A Catalog of Three-Variable Or-Invert
                                  and And-Invert Logical Circuits  . . . . 198--223
               J. Hartmanis and   
                  R. E. Stearns   A Study of Feedback and Errors in
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 223--232
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232--232
                  M. Perles and   
                M. O. Rabin and   
                      E. Shamir   The Theory of Definite Automata  . . . . 233--243
               R. F. Arnold and   
                 M. A. Harrison   Algebraic Properties of Symmetric and
                                  Partially Symmetric Boolean Functions    244--251
              J. K. Hawkins and   
                   C. J. Munsey   A Parallel Computer Organization and
                                  Mechanizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251--262
                 V. O. Muth and   
                 A. K. Scidmore   A Memory Organization for an Elementary
                                  List-Processing Computer . . . . . . . . 262--265
                M. Y. Hsiao and   
                  F. F. Sellers   The Carry-Dependent Sum Adder  . . . . . 265--268
                 R. Brayton and   
                  R. Willoughby   An Analysis of the Effect of Component
                                  Tolerances on the Amplification of the
                                  Balanced-Pair Tunnel-Diode Circuit . . . 269--274
                 G. F. Songster   Negative-Base Number-Representation
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274--277
              William H. Pierce   Predicting Signal Degeneration and Gate
                                  Compatibility in Logic Circuits  . . . . 277--281
              B. A. Kaufman and   
                  J. S. Hammond   A High-Speed Direct-Coupled Magnetic
                                  Memory Sense Amplifier Employing
                                  Tunnel-Diode Discriminators  . . . . . . 282--295
            Eduardo T. Ulzurrun   Tunnel-Diode Threshold Discriminator
                                  Tolerance Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . 296--299
              R. L. Mattson and   
               O. Firschein and   
                    M. Fischler   An Experimental Investigation of a Class
                                  of Pattern Recognition Synthesis
                                  Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300--306
             S. G. Margolis and   
                J. J. O'Donnell   Rigorous Treatments of Variable Time
                                  Delays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307--309
                     G. A. Korn   Performance of Operational Amplifiers
                                  With Electronic Mode Switching . . . . . 310--312
              Per Asbjorn Holst   Dynamic Accuracy and Error in Analog
                                  Computations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313--316
           Gerhard L. Hollander   Effect of Fan-In and Fan-Out Limitations
                                  on the Value of Computer Circuits  . . . 317--318
                T. Fukinuki and   
                    M. Fujinaka   A Stable Basic Logic Circuit . . . . . . 318--319
                   D. W. Davies   An 11-Cryotron Full Adder  . . . . . . . 319--319
            E. V. Krishnamurthy   On Computer Multiplication and Division
                                  Using Binary Logarithms  . . . . . . . . 319--320
               John F. Randolph   A Polynomial Counter . . . . . . . . . . 320--320
                P. M. Lewis and   
                   C. L. Coates   Is Switching Theory Mathematics or
                                  Engineering? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320--321
             Ernest J. Schubert   The Relative Merits of Minimization
                                  Techniques for Switching Circuits  . . . 321--322
                  Michael Yoeli   Cascade-Parallel Decompositions of
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 322--324
            Daniel H. Sheingold   Constant Current Source for Analog
                                  Computer Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324--324
                    G. W. Swift   Analog Computer Simulation of a Curved
                                  Hysteresis Loop  . . . . . . . . . . . . 324--324
                 Howard Handler   Measurement of Phase Shift . . . . . . . 324--325
                    D. A. Meier   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325--329
                  M. S. Axelrod   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330--336
                    D. N. Arden   R63-55 States of Sequential Machines
                                  Whose Logical Elements Involve Delay . . 335--335
                   C. L. Coates   R63-56 Disjunctively Linear Logic Nets   335--336
                 W. S. Humphrey   R63-57 On the Efficient Assignment of
                                  Internal Codes to Sequential Machines    336--336
                   W. L. Shevel   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 337--349
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 337--351
                    W. M. Overn   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349--351
                     C. W. Gear   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351--351
                      Anonymous   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352--352
             Yu. L. Sagalovitch   PGEC News  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352--352
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353--353
                 B. S. Tsybakov   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353--353
                      Anonymous   Membership in the Professional Technical
                                  Group on Electronic Computers  . . . . . 354--354
                    E. E. David   Membership in the Professional Technical
                                  Group on Electronic Computers  . . . . . 354--354
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 354--c

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-12, Number 4, August, 1963

                      Anonymous   Call for Papers  . . . . . . . . . . . . 355--355
                  Michael Yoeli   Counting with Nonlinear Binary Feedback
                                  Shift Registers  . . . . . . . . . . . . 357--361
             Mitchell P. Marcus   Cascaded Binary Counters with Feedback   361--364
                      A. Holick   Analysis of Noncatastrophic Failures in
                                  Digital Guidance Systems . . . . . . . . 365--371
                      F. C. Yao   Analysis of Signal Transmission in Ultra
                                  High Speed Transistorized Digital
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372--382
                 Lester F. Shew   Discrete Tracks for Saturation Magnetic
                                  Recording  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383--387
                    George Nagy   A Survey of Analog Memory Devices  . . . 388--393
                 Robert H. Kohr   A Method for the Determination of a
                                  Differential Equation Model for Simple
                                  Nonlinear Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . 394--400
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400--400
                   W. H. Hanson   Threshold-Logic Synthesis by Algebraic
                                  Methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401--402
           J. A. Brzozowski and   
                    J. F. Poage   On the Construction of Sequential
                                  Machines from Regular Expressions  . . . 402--403
                   Paul E. Wood   A Note on Threshold Device Error
                                  Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403--405
                    Donald Liss   A Test for Unate Truth Functions . . . . 405--405
             Mitchell P. Marcus   Relay Essential Hazards  . . . . . . . . 405--407
                  A. J. Nichols   Comments on Armstrong's State Assignment
                                  Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407--409
                      M. Lehman   The Minimization of Assimilations in
                                  Binary Carry-Storage Arithmetic Units    409--410
             D. L. Slotnick and   
                W. C. Borck and   
               R. C. McReynolds   Comments on H. J. Heijn's Review of
                                  ``The SOLOMON Computer'' . . . . . . . . 410--410
                   H. Weinstein   A High-Speed ``Compare'' Circuit . . . . 410--411
                Granino A. Korn   Analog/Hybrid Storage and Pulse
                                  Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411--412
                 R. Hampton and   
                 G. A. Korn and   
                    B. Mitchell   Hybrid Analog-Digital Random-Noise
                                  Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412--413
                   N. Seshagiri   Analog-Computer Technique for Impulsive
                                  Atmospheric Radio-Noise Analysis . . . . 413--414
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415--415
                    J. Goldberg   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416--423
                H. Witsenhausen   R63-68 APACHE --- A Breakthrough in
                                  Analog Computing . . . . . . . . . . . . 419--420
                   C. A. Isberg   R63-69 Multiple Input-Output Link in
                                  Computer Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 420--420
                   O. Firschein   R63-70 Experiments on Machine Learning
                                  to Recognize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420--421
                  S. R. Petrick   R63-71 Some Experiments in the
                                  Generation of Word and Document
                                  Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421--421
                    S. Ginsburg   R63-73 Signal Flow Graph Techniques for
                                  Sequential Circuit State Diagrams  . . . 422--422
                         P. Ihm   R63-72 Cluster Formation and Diagnostic
                                  Significance in Psychiatric Symptom
                                  Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422--422
                      B. Elspas   R63-74 Coding for Logical Operations . . 422--423
                     W. C. Mann   R63-75 Design of a Repairable Redundant
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423--423
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 425--436
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 425--439
                   E. U. Cohler   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437--438
                     J. F. Kruy   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439--439
                      Anonymous   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440--440
                       A. W. Lo   AFIPS News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440--440
                    J. J. Suran   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440--440
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441--441
                  E. O. Johnson   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441--441
                      Anonymous   Membership in the Professional Technical
                                  Group on Electronic Computers  . . . . . 442--442
                  W. J. Karplus   Membership in the Professional Technical
                                  Group on Electronic Computers  . . . . . 442--442
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 442--a

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-12, Number 5, October, 1963

                P. M. Lewis and   
                   C. L. Coates   Realization of Logical Functions by a
                                  Network of Threshold Components with
                                  Specified Sensitivity  . . . . . . . . . 443--454
               C. L. Coates and   
                    P. M. Lewis   A Realization Procedure for Threshold
                                  Gate Networks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454--461
                   Carl D. Todd   An Annotated Bibliography on NOR and
                                  NAND Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462--464
                    J. Sklansky   General Synthesis of Tributary Switching
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464--469
                      C. L. Liu   $k$th-Order Finite Automaton . . . . . . 470--475
                   D. B. Jarvis   The Effects of Interconnections on
                                  High-Speed Logic Circuits  . . . . . . . 476--487
               Donald A. Pierre   Optimization of Pulse and Digital
                                  Circuits by Use of the Lagrange
                                  Multiplier Technique . . . . . . . . . . 488--492
                      Yohan Cho   A Method of Theoretical Analysis of
                                  High-Speed Junction Diode Logic Circuits 492--502
                 W. G. Daly and   
                     J. F. Kruy   A High-Speed Arithmetic Unit Using
                                  Tunnel Diodes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503--511
                M. J. Flynn and   
                D. S. Henderson   Variable Field-Length Data Manipulation
                                  in a Fixed Word-Length Memory  . . . . . 512--516
                  Alvin A. Read   A Dynamic Large Signal Model for a
                                  Single-Domain Thin Magnetic Film
                                  Inductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517--521
           Pier Giorgio Perotto   A New Method for Automatic Character
                                  Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521--526
                    Amos Nathan   Linear and Nonlinear Interpolators . . . 526--532
                M. G. Isaac and   
                  V. T. DeBuono   Deterministic and Stochastic Response of
                                  Linear Time Variable Systems . . . . . . 532--540
                  Don J. Nelson   A Fundamental Error Theory for Analog
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541--550
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550--550
               David Mandelbaum   Optimal Scheduling of Disk File Data
                                  Transfers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551--551
                R. T. Chien and   
                 R. J. Barbetta   A Class of Simple Decoding Networks for
                                  Marcus Matrix Switches . . . . . . . . . 551--553
         Amarendra Mukhopadhyay   Detection of Total or Partial Symmetry
                                  of a Switching Function with the Use of
                                  Decomposition Charts . . . . . . . . . . 553--557
                Antonin Svoboda   An Algorithm for Solving Boolean
                                  Equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557--559
            Michael A. Harrison   The Number of Equivalence Classes of
                                  Boolean Functions Under Groups
                                  Containing Negation  . . . . . . . . . . 559--561
               Robert O. Winder   Bounds on Threshold Gate Realizability   561--564
               Hillel Weinstein   Proposals for Ordered Sequential
                                  Detection of Simultaneous Multiple
                                  Responses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564--567
               S. B. Geller and   
                   P. A. Mantek   A 100 Megapulse per Second Binary
                                  Counter with Impedance Steering  . . . . 568--568
                   M. G. Harman   A New Form of Cryotron Logical Circuitry 568--570
                   D. A. Pierre   Terminal Properties of Toroidal Cores
                                  with Circular Cross Sections . . . . . . 570--572
                 Paul W. Cooper   Multivariate Extension of Univariate
                                  Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572--573
                Sanford M. Levy   A Counter Example to an Assertion of
                                  Jackson  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573--573
                D. D. Mccracken   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574--576
                  R. C. Minnick   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577--583
                    R. G. Brown   R63-88 Equitable Distribution  . . . . . 581--581
                     J. Feldman   R63-89 On the Solution of an Information
                                  Retrieval Problem  . . . . . . . . . . . 581--581
                  R. E. Stearns   R63-90 Sequence Generators, Graphs, and
                                  Formal Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . 581--581
               W. H. Highleyman   R63-91 Automatic Reading Machine for
                                  Telegraph Service  . . . . . . . . . . . 581--582
                 T. C. Anderson   R63-93 Multiple Integrals on a
                                  Non-Repetitive Analog Computer . . . . . 582--582
                      Anonymous   R63-92 On the Effectiveness of Receptors
                                  in Recognition Systems . . . . . . . . . 582--582
                   R. E. Keller   R63-94 Application of Hybrid Analog and
                                  Digital Techniques in the Automatic Map
                                  Compilation System . . . . . . . . . . . 582--583
                    L. L. Burns   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 585--596
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 585--599
                  C. J. Koester   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597--599
                       T. Lentz   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599--599
                  R. B. Banerji   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600--600
                      Anonymous   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600--601
                   J. B. Dennis   AFIPS News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600--601
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601--606
                    W. T. Lenno   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601--606
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 606--a

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-12, Number 6, December, 1963

                 D. L. Slotnick   The Computer System Issue  . . . . . . . 607--608
                 L. Lukaszewicz   Outline of the Logical Design of the
                                  ZAM-41 Computer  . . . . . . . . . . . . 609--612
                 Egbert Ulbrich   Struktur und Arbeitsweise der
                                  Telefunken-Digitalrechenanlage TR 4  . . 613--618
                  M. Lehman and   
                   R. Eshed and   
                      Z. Netter   Sabrac --- A New Generation Serial
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618--628
                    C. Gram and   
                 O. Hestvik and   
                H. Isaksson and   
             P. T. Jacobsen and   
                  J. Jensen and   
                    P. Naur and   
             B. S. Petersen and   
                   B. Svejgaard   GIER --- A Danish Computer of Medium
                                  Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629--650
                   B. Langefors   The D21 Data Processing System by
                                  Svenska Aeroplan Aktiebolaget, Sweden    650--662
                M. W. Allen and   
                 T. Pearcey and   
                J. P. Penny and   
                 G. A. Rose and   
                J. G. Sanderson   CIRRUS, An Economical Multiprogram
                                  Computer with Microprogram Control . . . 663--671
               W. F. Miller and   
               R. Aschenbrenner   The GUS Multicomputer System . . . . . . 671--676
                Thomas B. Lewis   Primary Processor and Data Storage
                                  Equipment for the Orbiting Astronomical
                                  Observatory  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677--687
               R. L. Alonso and   
             H. Blair-Smith and   
                  A. L. Hopkins   Some Aspects of the Logical Design of a
                                  Control Computer: A Case Study . . . . . 687--697
                  H. Schorr and   
                  N. E. Wiseman   System Design of a Small, Fast Digital
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698--706
            Ronald L. Wigington   A Machine Organization for a General
                                  Purpose List Processor . . . . . . . . . 707--714
                 Hermann Schmid   An Operational Hybrid Computing System
                                  Provides Analog-Type Computation with
                                  Digital Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . 715--732
                   G. B. Gerace   Microprogrammed Control for Computing
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733--747
                  G. Estrin and   
                 B. Bussell and   
                    R. Turn and   
                        J. Bibb   Parallel Processing in a Restructurable
                                  Computer System  . . . . . . . . . . . . 747--755
                  G. Estrin and   
                        R. Turn   Automatic Assignment of Computations in
                                  a Variable Structure Computer System . . 755--773
                 J. Gregory and   
                  R. McReynolds   The SOLOMON Computer . . . . . . . . . . 774--781
               Rodolfo Gonzalez   A Multilayer Iterative Circuit Computer  781--790
             Bruce H. McCormick   The Illinois Pattern Recognition
                                  Computer --- ILLIAC III  . . . . . . . . 791--813
                  Morton Nadler   An Analog-Digital Character Recognition
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814--821
             H. Kazmierczak and   
                   K. Steinbuch   Adaptive Systems in Pattern Recognition  822--835
                   T. Sakai and   
                     S. Doshita   The Automatic Speech Recognition System
                                  for Conversational Sound . . . . . . . . 835--846
               K. Steinbuch and   
                 U. A. W. Piske   Learning Matrices and Their Applications 846--862
             Walter I. Landauer   The Balanced Tree and Its Utilization in
                                  Information Retrieval  . . . . . . . . . 863--871
                 P. A. Lord and   
                C. J. Tunis and   
                   H. L. Witter   A Delay-Line Push-Down List  . . . . . . 872--874
                    W. T. Weeks   Computer Simulation of the Electrical
                                  Properties of Memory Arrays  . . . . . . 874--887
                  K. Maling and   
                    E. L. Allen   A Computer Organization and Programming
                                  System for Automated Maintenance . . . . 887--895
              N. Metropolis and   
               R. L. Ashenhurst   Basic Operations in an Unnormalized
                                  Arithmetic System  . . . . . . . . . . . 896--904
                Antonin Svoboda   Synthesis of Logical Systems of Given
                                  Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904--910
                Arthur Bridgman   Comments on ``Analog Computer Simulation
                                  of a Frequency Detector''  . . . . . . . 911--911
             D. J. Anderson and   
                D. L. Dietmeyer   A Magnetic Ternary Device  . . . . . . . 911--914
               Philip Kaszerman   A Nonlinear-Summation Threshold Device   914--915
                 T. A. Kriz and   
                       K. Ishii   Directional Couplers as Microwave Logic  915--916
               A. James Lincoln   A Sequential Magnetic-Core Storage
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917--918
                      C. L. Liu   Determination of the Final State of an
                                  Automaton Whose Initial State Is Unknown 918--921
                J. Sklansky and   
                   K. R. Kaplan   Transients in Markov Chains  . . . . . . 921--922
                  T. R. Bashkow   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923--930
                    M. Tainiter   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931--936
                    C. M. Melas   R63-104 Error Detection, Correction and
                                  Control  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935--935
                  S. S. Shaffer   R63-105 Time Sharing on the
                                  Ferranti-Packard FP6000 Computer System  935--935
                  T. R. Bashkow   R63-106 The D 825 Automatic Operating
                                  and Scheduling Program . . . . . . . . . 935--936
                     P. E. Wood   R63-107 Ternary Threshold Logic  . . . . 936--936
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 937--961
               J. A. Brzozowski   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 937--961
                      Anonymous   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962--962
                    D. L. Epley   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962--962
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963--963
                     C. K. Chow   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963--963
                      Anonymous   Membership in the Professional Technical
                                  Group on Electronic Computers  . . . . . 964--964
                   O. Firschein   Membership in the Professional Technical
                                  Group on Electronic Computers  . . . . . 964--964
                      Anonymous   IEEE Transactions on Electronic
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965--965--i
                     G. Kovatch   Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965--974
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 965--j


IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-13, Number 1, February, 1964

                  B. Elspas and   
                    R. A. Short   A Bound on the Run Measure of Switching
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--4
                  S. Amarel and   
                   G. Cooke and   
                   R. O. Winder   Majority Gate Networks . . . . . . . . . 4--13
                  C. S. Wallace   A Suggestion for a Fast Multiplier . . . 14--17
              Michael Cooperman   300-Mc Tunnel-Diode Logic Circuits . . . 18--26
                 G. G. Pick and   
                 S. B. Gray and   
                    D. B. Brick   The Solenoid Array --- A New Computer
                                  Element  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27--35
          R. F. M. Thornley and   
                A. V. Brown and   
                    A. J. Speth   Electron Beam Recording of Digital
                                  Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36--40
         Christopher J. Sheehan   An Analog Computer Simulation of the
                                  Restricted Three-Body Problem by
                                  Automatic Scale-Changing Techniques  . . 41--50
             Keith W. Henderson   Some Notes on the Walsh Functions  . . . 50--52
                    Martin Cohn   A Theorem on Linear Automata . . . . . . 52--53
              Daniel C. Fielder   On Shannon's Almost Uniform Distribution 53--54
                Roger C. Lamson   A Division Algorithm for a Digital
                                  Differential Analyzer  . . . . . . . . . 54--55
            E. V. Krishnamurthy   A Simple Algorithm for Evaluating
                                  Positive Values of the Function $x^y$    55--55
                    Amos Nathan   Comments on ``A Method of Generating
                                  Functions of Several Variables'' . . . . 55--56
              Sigmund N. Porter   A New Configuration for Faster Cryotron
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56--57
            Donald B. Brick and   
                 George G. Pick   Microsecond Word-Recognition System  . . 57--59
                       A. W. Lo   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60--61
                   O. Firschein   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62--65
                 A. S. Hoagland   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 67--78
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 67--80
                   K. H. Konkle   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78--80
                   C. A. Renton   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80--80
                      S. Amarel   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81--81
                      Anonymous   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81--81
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82--82
                 W. W. Peterson   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82--82
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 82--c

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-13, Number 2, April, 1964

               William M. Waite   The Production of Completion Signals by
                                  Asynchronous, Iterative Networks . . . . 83--86
                  F. Mileto and   
                     G. Putzolu   Average Values of Quantities Appearing
                                  in Boolean Function Minimization . . . . 87--92
                 Roy D. Merrill   Improving Digital Computer Performance
                                  Using Residue Number Theory  . . . . . . 93--101
            Theodore R. Bashkow   A Sequential Circuit for Algebraic
                                  Statement Translation  . . . . . . . . . 102--105
                  I. R. Butcher   A Prewired Storage Unit  . . . . . . . . 106--111
                 John E. Gillis   A Technique for Achieving High Bit
                                  Packing Density on Magnetic Tape . . . . 112--117
                 H. Freeman and   
                      L. Garder   Apictorial Jigsaw Puzzles: The Computer
                                  Solution of a Problem in Pattern
                                  Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--127
                   L. K. Wadhwa   Simulation of Third Order Systems by a
                                  Single Operational Amplifier . . . . . . 128--147
               Fusachika Miyata   Comment on ``Realization of Arbitrary
                                  Logical Functions Using Majority
                                  Elements'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148--148
                 S. Y. Levy and   
               R. O. Winder and   
                     T. H. Mott   A Note on Tributary Switching Networks   148--151
                   Paul E. Wood   Hazards in Pulse Sequential Circuits . . 151--153
                    W. A. Beyer   Uniqueness of Weighted Code
                                  Representations, III . . . . . . . . . . 153--154
           J. A. Brzozowski and   
                E. J. McCluskey   About Signal Flow Graph Techniques for
                                  Sequential Circuits  . . . . . . . . . . 154--154
                Orville Goering   Radix Conversion in a Hexadecimal
                                  Machine  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154--155
                 Forrest Salter   A Ternary Memory Element Using a Tunnel
                                  Diode  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155--156
              Harry J. Gray and   
                   Henry Ruston   On Techniques for Coping with the
                                  Information Explosion  . . . . . . . . . 156--156
                     D. Cowgill   Logic Equations for a Built-In Square
                                  Root Method  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156--157
                Joseph Otterman   Comment on ``A Fundamental Error Theory
                                  for Analog Computers'' . . . . . . . . . 157--157
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158--159
                    G. Songster   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160--164
                 S. A. Greibach   R64-17 The Computer-Stored Thesaurus and
                                  Its Use in Concept Processing  . . . . . 163--163
                     H. J. Gray   R64-18 Predicting Signal Degeneration
                                  and Gate Compatibility in Logic Circuits 163--164
                S. D. Bedrosian   R64-19 (1) The Role of Checkout-Status
                                  Control of Weapon Systems  . . . . . . . 164--164
                   R. J. Preiss   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 165--176
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 165--179
                      H. Schmid   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--178
                J. J. O'Donnell   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179--179
                      Anonymous   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180--181
               J. A. Brzozowski   PTGEC News . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180--181
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181--182
                    F. H. Young   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181--182
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 182--a

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-13, Number 3, June, 1964

                      Anonymous   Keith W. Uncapher New Chairman of the
                                  IEEE Computer Group  . . . . . . . . . . 183--183
              Keith W. Uncapher   Message from the New Chairman  . . . . . 184--184
                      Z. Kohavi   New Officers and Members of the Board    185--192
                     Zvi Kohavi   Secondary State Assignment for
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 193--203
                   R. H. Urbano   On the Convergence and Ultimate
                                  Reliability of Iterated Neural Nets  . . 204--225
                    Arthur Gill   Analysis of Linear Sequential Circuits
                                  by Confluence Sets . . . . . . . . . . . 226--231
                    C. L. Sheng   A Method for Testing and Realization of
                                  Threshold Functions  . . . . . . . . . . 232--239
               C. L. Coates and   
                    P. M. Lewis   DONUT: A Threshold Gate Computer . . . . 240--247
                R. M. Brown and   
                R. D. Jenks and   
               J. E. Stifle and   
                  R. L. Trogdon   The CSX-1 Computer . . . . . . . . . . . 247--250
                  J. R. Cox and   
                  D. H. Glaeser   A Quantising Encoder . . . . . . . . . . 250--254
                    Emil Hopner   High-Density Binary Recording Using
                                  Nonsaturation Techniques . . . . . . . . 255--261
             C. J. Townsend and   
                      P. E. Fox   Cylindrical Film Memory Device
                                  Characteristics  . . . . . . . . . . . . 261--268
               H. H. Harris and   
                   W. D. Pricer   Tunnel Diode Delay-Line Memory . . . . . 269--272
                   David Nitzan   Flux Divison in a Saturable Multipath
                                  Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272--277
              E. E. Newhall and   
                  J. R. Perucca   Exploitation of Initial Conditions to
                                  Achieve Flux Gain and Nondestructive
                                  Readout in Balanced Magnetic Circuits    278--284
               P. E. Harris and   
                  B. E. Simmons   DC Accuracy in a Fast Boxcar Circuit Via
                                  a Comparator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285--288
                   P. Kundu and   
                     S. Banerji   Transistorized Multiplier and Divider
                                  and Its Applications . . . . . . . . . . 288--295
                 Alan E. Negrin   Synthesis of Practical Three-Input
                                  Majority Logic Networks  . . . . . . . . 296--299
                  S. H. Cameron   The Generation of Minimal Threshold Nets
                                  by an Integer Program  . . . . . . . . . 299--302
                David Jacobsohn   A Self-Organizing Drum . . . . . . . . . 302--302
              Giorgio Coraluppi   On Signal Deterioration in Digital
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303--303
             Herbert D. Goldman   Protecting Core Memory Circuits with
                                  Error Correcting Cyclic Codes  . . . . . 303--304
                      B. Lippel   Negative-Bit-Weight Codes and Excess
                                  Codes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304--306
                David B. Cooper   Adaptive Pattern Recognition and Signal
                                  Detection Using Stochastic Approximation 306--307
                E. G. Homer and   
                      W. Palmer   Comparison of Computational Speeds of
                                  Digital Differential Analyzers and
                                  General Purpose Computers  . . . . . . . 307--308
              M. P. Beddoes and   
                C. A. T. Salama   Series Connected Tunnel-Diode Multilevel
                                  Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308--309
                L. P. Goodstein   Tunnel-Diode Amplitude Comparator  . . . 309--310
             Keinosuke Fukunaga   A Theory of Nonlinear Autonomous
                                  Sequential Nets Using $z$ Transforms . . 310--312
                 J. V. Gaudiosi   Proposed Magnetic Variation Analog
                                  Computer for Use in Flight Simulators    312--312
                  T. A. Dolotta   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313--315
                   A. Rosenfeld   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316--322
                   R. L. Alonso   R64-30 The Rope Memory --- A Permanent
                                  Storage Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319--319
                 T. S. Crowther   R64-31 A Dynamic Large Signal Model for
                                  a Single-Domain Thin Magnetic Film
                                  Inductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319--319
                    J. F. Nolan   R64-32 Generalized Multiprocessing and
                                  Multiprogramming Systems . . . . . . . . 319--320
                 H. J. Kirshner   R64-33 A Computer Driven Simulation
                                  Environment for Air Traffic Control
                                  Studies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320--320
                   L. Kleinrock   R64-34 Analysis of Computing-Load
                                  Assignment in a MultiProcessor Computer  320--320
                      B. Elspas   R64-35 An Application of Coding Theory
                                  to a File Address Problem  . . . . . . . 321--321
                     S. Frankel   R64-36 The Logical Organization of the
                                  PB 440 Microprogrammable Computer  . . . 321--321
                   M. L. Cramer   R64-37 Some Principles and Circuit
                                  Techniques for Controlling Machine Tools
                                  from a Central Digital Computer  . . . . 322--322
                     H. F. Lesh   R64-38 The DES-1 --- A Real-Time Digital
                                  Simulation Computer  . . . . . . . . . . 322--322
                   O. Firschein   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 323--336
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 323--340
                    A. D. Wyner   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337--339
                   D. Braverman   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340--340
                    M. H. Lewin   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 341--341
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 341--342
                   J. I. Raffel   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341--342
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 342--a

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-13, Number 4, August, 1964

                      Anonymous   The Special Issue on Computer Languages
                                  Editorial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343--344
                    R. W. Floyd   Summary of the Issue . . . . . . . . . . 345--345
                Robert W. Floyd   The Syntax of Programming Languages ---
                                  A Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346--353
             Peter S. Landweber   Decision Problems of Phrase-Structure
                                  Grammars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354--362
              Russell A. Kirsch   Computer Interpretation of English Text
                                  and Picture Patterns . . . . . . . . . . 363--376
                Michael Woodger   Algol  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377--381
               J. W. Backus and   
                  W. P. Heising   Fortran  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382--385
               J. E. Sammet and   
                     E. R. Bond   Introduction to FORMAC . . . . . . . . . 386--394
           Daniel G. Bobrow and   
              Joseph Weizenbaum   List Processing and Extension of
                                  Language Facility by Embedding . . . . . 395--400
                D. E. Knuth and   
                  J. L. McNeley   SOL --- A Symbolic Language for General
                                  Purpose Systems Simulation . . . . . . . 401--408
            Donald E. Knuth and   
                  J. L. McNeley   A Formal Definition of SOL . . . . . . . 409--414
               Roger A. Gaskill   A Versatile Problem-Oriented Language
                                  for Engineers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415--421
                 Roy M. Proctor   A Logic Design Translator Experiment
                                  Demonstrating Relationships of Language
                                  to Systems and Logic Design  . . . . . . 422--430
                  Mark B. Wells   Aspects of Language Design for
                                  Combinatorial Computing  . . . . . . . . 431--438
                H. P. Schlaeppi   A Formal Language for Describing Machine
                                  Logic, Timing, and Sequencing (LOTIS)    439--448
                  A. P. Mullery   A Procedure-Oriented Machine Language    449--455
             J. T. Carleton and   
                 P. E. Lego and   
                   R. M. Suarez   A FORTRAN Extension to Facilitate
                                  Proposal Preparation . . . . . . . . . . 456--462
               R. E. Miller and   
                    S. Winograd   On the Number of Transitions Entering
                                  the States of a Finite Automaton . . . . 463--464
                   C. Hugh Mays   Effects of Adaptation Parameters on
                                  Convergence Time and Tolerance for
                                  Adaptive Threshold Elements  . . . . . . 465--468
              Barrett Hazeltine   Construction of Irredundant Multilevel
                                  Switching Functions  . . . . . . . . . . 468--470
                    H. Mott and   
                  C. C. Carroll   Numerical Procedures for Boolean
                                  Function Minimization  . . . . . . . . . 470--470
                  T. C. Verster   A Method to Increase the Accuracy of
                                  Fast-Serial-Parallel Analog-to-Digital
                                  Converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471--473
              Wendell B. Sander   ``Ratchet'' Circuits for Electronic
                                  Analog Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474--475
                Granino A. Korn   Enforcing Pontryagin's Maximum Principle
                                  by Continuous Steepest Descent . . . . . 475--476
                  U. G. Gianola   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477--479
                    E. D. Jones   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480--486
                   F. C. Hennie   R64-48 Reduction of Feedback Loops in
                                  Sequential Circuits and Carry Leads in
                                  Iterative Networks . . . . . . . . . . . 484--484
                    T. L. Booth   R64-49 Computation with Finite Fields    484--485
                      S. Amarel   R64-50 On the Analysis of Functional
                                  Symmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485--485
                    R. A. Short   R64-51 Determining the Best Ordering of
                                  Variables in Cascade Switching Circuits  485--486
                  R. J. Lechner   R64-52 On the Number of Classes of $[n,
                                  k]$ Switching Networks . . . . . . . . . 486--486
                  B. A. Kaufman   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 487--498
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 487--501
                      B. Widrow   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498--500
                      Yohan Cho   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501--501
                     A. V. Pohm   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 502--502
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 502--503
                     A. Ralston   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502--503
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 503--d

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-13, Number 5, October, 1964

                      Anonymous   New Associate Editor for Logic and
                                  Switching Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . 505--505
                Richard M. Karp   Some Techniques of State Assignment for
                                  Synchronous Sequential Machines  . . . . 507--518
           Michael L. Dertouzos   An Approach to Single-Threshold-Element
                                  Synthesis  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519--528
                   C. S. Lorens   Invertible Boolean Functions . . . . . . 529--541
            Franco P. Preparata   State-Logic Relations for Autonomous
                                  Sequential Networks  . . . . . . . . . . 542--548
              T. A. Dolotta and   
                E. J. McCluskey   The Coding of Internal States of
                                  Sequential Circuits  . . . . . . . . . . 549--562
                   J. J. Amodei   High-Speed Adders and Comparators Using
                                  Transistors and Tunnel Dioes . . . . . . 563--575
                  Harry J. Gray   Fields in Strip-Lines for Film Memory
                                  Application  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576--580
                   O. Landsverk   A Fast Coincident Current Magnetic Core
                                  Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580--585
                      C. N. Liu   A Programmed Algorithm for Designing
                                  Multifont Character Recognition Logics   586--593
               Albert I. Talkin   A Systematic Approach to Programming an
                                  Analog Computer to Generate a Large
                                  Class of Trajectories  . . . . . . . . . 594--597
              Walter J. Karplus   A Hybrid Computer Technique for Treating
                                  Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations 597--605
                    Eiichi Goto   A Note on Logical Gain . . . . . . . . . 606--608
                  J. Santos and   
                      H. Arango   Base $3$ vs Base $2$ Synchronous
                                  Arithmetic Units . . . . . . . . . . . . 608--609
                      P. W. Woo   A Proposal for Input of Hand-Drawn
                                  Information to a Digital System  . . . . 609--611
               J. I. Raffel and   
                 T. S. Crowther   A Proposal for an Associative Memory
                                  Using Magnetic Films . . . . . . . . . . 611--611
               Vijay K. Randery   Study of a Parametron on an Analog
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612--614
                  H. S. Miiller   Resolving Multiple Responses in an
                                  Associative Memory . . . . . . . . . . . 614--616
                      A. Thiney   Rise and Fall Times of Transistors in
                                  Switching Operation Regardless of the
                                  Driving Source Impedance . . . . . . . . 616--620
                 M. Morris Mano   Multilevel Diode Logic Circuits  . . . . 620--623
                 J. Chernak and   
                   C. F. Simone   Simple Equivalent Circuits for a Step
                                  Recovery Diode and a Switching
                                  Transistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623--625
               Fusachika Miyata   An Extension of the Method of Cohn and
                                  Lindaman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625--629
               David Mandelbaum   A Measure of Efficiency of Diagnostic
                                  Tests Upon Sequential Logic  . . . . . . 630--630
            Michael A. Harrison   A Remark on Uniform Distribution . . . . 630--631
               Hikosaburo Ataka   A Basic Theorem on Threshold Devices . . 631--631
                  K. K. Nambiar   A Note on the Walsh Functions  . . . . . 631--632
                    Roy Merrill   Some Properties of Ternary Threshold
                                  Logic  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632--635
                  Yates A. Keir   Algebraic Properties of $3$-Valued
                                  Compositions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635--639
                  John E. Frank   The Role of Operational Simulation to
                                  Communications System Design . . . . . . 640--640
              Sergio T. Ribeiro   Comments on Pulsed-Data Hybrid Computers 640--642
                      C. L. Liu   $k$th-Order Finite Automaton . . . . . . 642--642
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643--644
                 A. K. Scidmore   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645--649
                  W. W. Bledsoe   R64-61 The Automatic Speech Recognition
                                  System for Conversational Sound  . . . . 648--648
                    P. J. Stone   R64-62 Computer Simulation of Human
                                  Interaction in Small Groups  . . . . . . 648--648
                     A. A. Grau   R64-63 Application of Pushdown-Store
                                  Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649--649
                  R. A. Kudlich   R64-65 The GUS Multicomputer System  . . 649--649
                O. L. Macsorley   R64-64 The Solomon Computer  . . . . . . 649--649
                   E. G. Newman   R64-66 Parallel Processing in a
                                  Restructurable Computer System . . . . . 649--649
                    R. A. Gange   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 651--663
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 651--668
                     A. V. Pohm   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663--667
                     J. V. Wait   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668--668
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 669--669
                    W. F. Bauer   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 669--669
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670--672
                     G. Kovatch   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670--672
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 672--a

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-13, Number 6, December, 1964

           J. A. Brzozowski and   
                    W. A. Davis   On the Linearity of Autonomous
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 673--679
             Irving J. Gabelman   Properties and Transformations of Single
                                  Threshold Element Functions  . . . . . . 680--684
                  R. C. Minnick   Cutpoint Cellular Logic  . . . . . . . . 685--698
                       Y. Tohma   Decompositions of Logical Functions
                                  Using Majority Decision Elements . . . . 698--705
           J. B. Tommerdahl and   
               A. C. Nelson and   
                    K. K. Mazuy   Mathematical Models for Predicting Pulse
                                  Characteristics in Digital Logic Systems 705--710
                 J. B. Earnshaw   Design for a Tunnel Diode-Transistor
                                  Store with Nondestructive Read-Out of
                                  Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710--722
                     D. Seitzer   Amplifier and Driver Circuits for Thin
                                  Film Memories with $15$ Nanoseconds Read
                                  Cycle Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722--729
                 Herbert Schorr   Computer-Aided Digital System Design and
                                  Analysis Using a Register Transfer
                                  Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730--737
                M. Y. Hsiao and   
                      K. Y. Sih   Serial-to-Parallel Transformation of
                                  Linear-Feedback Shift-Register Circuits  738--740
                    Shimon Even   Rational Numbers and Regular Events  . . 740--741
               J. A. Brzozowski   Regular Expressions from Sequential
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741--744
               E. E. Nelson and   
                     H. F. Wolf   A Sampled-Data Analog of Neuron
                                  Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744--745
                     R. Y. Chao   A Digital Decoding Technique . . . . . . 745--746
                    B. Wald and   
               F. A. Polknghorn   Simple Instructions Which Enhance the
                                  Error Control Capabilities of a
                                  Programmed Communications Processor  . . 747--748
              R. Narasimhan and   
                 J. P. Fornango   Some Further Experiments in the Parallel
                                  Processing of Pictures . . . . . . . . . 748--750
               Richard M. Brown   On-Line Computer Recognition of
                                  Handprinted Characters . . . . . . . . . 750--752
                 G. K. Aggarwal   Simulation of Third-Order Systems by a
                                  Single Operational Amplifier . . . . . . 752--752
              Nicholas B. Kurek   Transistor Equivalent Circuit in
                                  Operational Amplifier Configuration  . . 752--753
                        D. Loev   ``Uniform-Access'' Time --- A Needed
                                  Concept  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753--753
                R. H. Wilkinson   On the Number of Regions in Input Domain
                                  of a Free Distributive Lattice . . . . . 753--754
                   D. Jacobsohn   A Suggestion for a Fast Multiplier . . . 754--754
                    S. Winograd   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755--756
               C. V. Srinivasan   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757--762
                 M. A. Fischler   R64-77 Apictorial Jigsaw Puzzles: The
                                  Computer Solution of a Problem in Pattem
                                  Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760--760
                   D. J. Nelson   R64-76 A Hybrid Analog-Digital Parameter
                                  Optimizer for Astrac II  . . . . . . . . 760--760
               C. V. Srinivasan   R64-78 Interwoven Redundant Logic  . . . 760--761
                     J. F. Kruy   R64-79 Tunnel Diode Storage System with
                                  Non-Destructive Read-Out . . . . . . . . 761--761
                       A. Gabor   R64-80 Signal-Processing for Increased
                                  Bit Densities in Digital Magnetic
                                  Recording  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761--762
                     W. N. Carr   R64-81 300-Mc Tunnel-Diode Logic
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762--762
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 763--791
                   C. L. Coates   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 763--791
                 J. P. Anderson   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 792--792
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 792--792
                 S. A. Greibach   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792--792
                      Anonymous   Index Author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793--794--j
                  E. H. Bareiss   IEEE Transactions on Electronic
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793--803
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 794--k


IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-14, Number 1, February, 1965

                      Anonymous   IEEE Computer Group Constitution and
                                  Bylaws Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--1
                    C. L. Sheng   Computer Group of The Institute of
                                  Electrical and Electronics Engineers,
                                  Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--6
                   M. Yoeli and   
                   G. Rosenfeld   A New Reader Service --- Publication of
                                  Informational Retrieval Catalog Cards    7--8
                    C. L. Sheng   A Graphical Interpretation of
                                  Realization of Symmetric Boolean
                                  Functions with Threshold Logic Elements  8--18
                   M. Yoeli and   
                   G. Rosenfeld   Logical Design of Ternary Switching
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--29
           R. H. S. Riordan and   
                R. R. A. Morton   The Use of Analog Techniques in Binary
                                  Arithmetic Units . . . . . . . . . . . . 29--35
              Charles P. Womack   Schmoo Plot Analysis of
                                  Coincident-Current Memory Systems  . . . 36--44
                K. Fukunaga and   
                         T. Ito   A Design Theory of Recognition Functions
                                  in Self-Organizing Systems . . . . . . . 44--52
                 Arthur Hausner   The Solution of Lagrange's Equations by
                                  Analog Computation . . . . . . . . . . . 53--61
                R. E. Burke and   
                J. G. Van Bosse   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--61
                   C. Hugh Mays   The Relationship of Algorithms Used with
                                  Adjustable Threshold Elements to
                                  Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . 62--63
                R. E. Burke and   
                J. G. van Bosse   NAND--AND Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . 63--65
                   C. Hugh Mays   The Boundary Matrix of Threshold
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65--66
                     C. K. Chow   Statistical Independence and Threshold
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66--68
                 J. E. Olivares   Synthesis of Nonconstant Weight Binary
                                  Codes for Minimum Diode Counters . . . . 69--72
               R. S. Gaines and   
                      C. V. Lee   An Improved Cell Memory  . . . . . . . . 72--75
                 T. A. Kriz and   
                       K. Ishii   Microwave Readout of Ferrite Memory
                                  Storage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75--76
                 Sundaram Seshu   On an Improved Diagnosis Program . . . . 76--79
                    R. A. Smith   Minimal Three-Variable NOR and NAND
                                  Logic Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--81
               Richard M. Brown   An Experimental Study of an On-Line
                                  Man-Computer System  . . . . . . . . . . 82--85
                  W. H. Specker   A Class of Algorithms for $\ln x$, $\exp
                                  x$, $\sin x$, $\cos x$, $\tan^{-1} x$,
                                  and $\cot^{-1} x$  . . . . . . . . . . . 85--86
                    S. Winograd   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87--88
                       S. Seshu   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--94
                    G. A. Bekey   R65-11 Methods for Solving Engineering
                                  Problems Using Analog Computers  . . . . 92--93
                    B. W. Arden   R65-12 Bounded Context Translation . . . 93--93
                      G. Salton   R65-13 Natural Language and the Computer 93--94
                D. B. Armstrong   R65-14 Interwoven Redundant Logic  . . . 94--94
                  J. J. Donegan   R65-15 The 4102-S Space Track Program    94--94
                  A. J. Nichols   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 95--106
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 95--109
                   W. H. Pierce   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106--109
                  R. L. Mattson   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109--109
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 110--117
                     D. M. Ward   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 110--117
                      D. Stover   Information about the Society  . . . . . 118--119
                      Anonymous   Information about the Society  . . . . . 119--119--b
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 119--f

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-14, Number 2, April, 1965

                      Anonymous   New Associate Editor for Analog and
                                  Hybrid Computers . . . . . . . . . . . . 123--123
                  Saburo Muroga   Generation and Asymmetry of Self-Dual
                                  Threshold Functions  . . . . . . . . . . 125--136
                  Saburo Muroga   Lower Bounds of the Number of Threshold
                                  Functions and a Maximum Weight . . . . . 136--148
               J. A. Brzozowski   Regular Expressions for Linear
                                  Sequential Circuits  . . . . . . . . . . 148--156
                   H. H. Loomis   Completeness of Sets of Delayed-Logic
                                  Devices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--172
               H. H. Loomis and   
                    R. H. Wyman   On Complete Sets of Logic Primitives . . 173--174
               Sheldon B. Akers   A Diagrammatic Approach to Multilevel
                                  Logic Synthesis  . . . . . . . . . . . . 174--181
                   Gernot Metze   Minimal Square Rooting . . . . . . . . . 181--185
                B. A. Crane and   
                  J. A. Githens   Bulk Processing in Distributed Logic
                                  Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186--196
              Charles J. Peters   A Magnetically Scanned Magnetic Tape
                                  Transducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196--203
                 Hugh M. Sierra   Linear, Passive, Matched Filter for
                                  Digital Magnetic Recording . . . . . . . 204--209
              Frank N. Marzocco   Computer Recognition of Handwritten
                                  First Names  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210--217
              C. P. Gilbert and   
                B. J. J. McHugh   Economical Circuits for the Analog
                                  Solution of Algebraic Equations  . . . . 217--229
                J. J. Vidal and   
                    S. M. Bawin   Frequency Analysis of Truncation Errors
                                  in RC Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229--233
                 S. K. Chan and   
                    E. F. Kurtz   On Using an Analog Computer to Study
                                  Hydrodynamic Stability . . . . . . . . . 233--238
              Charles F. Hepner   Improved Methods of Simulating Time
                                  Delays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239--243
                    Amos Nathan   The Cascade Multiplier . . . . . . . . . 243--247
                 S. K. Chan and   
                    E. F. Kurtz   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247--247
                  J. Santos and   
                  H. Arango and   
                     M. Pascual   A Ternary Storage Element Using a
                                  Conventional Ferrite Core  . . . . . . . 248--248
                      B. Scheff   Using a Decision-Table Structure as the
                                  Input Language Format for Programming
                                  Automatic Test Equipment Systems . . . . 248--250
               K. R. Kaplan and   
                   R. O. Winder   Chebyshev Approximation and Threshold
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250--252
                   R. O. Winder   Properties of Threshold Functions  . . . 252--254
                   Earl E. Gose   A Synthesis Technique for Networks
                                  Consisting of Logical Functions Feeding
                                  a Linear Summation Element . . . . . . . 254--256
                    J. E. Price   Counting with Majority-Logic Networks    256--260
              R. W. Hamming and   
                   W. L. Mammel   A Note on the Location of the Binary
                                  Point in a Computing Machine . . . . . . 260--261
                   D. W. Davies   Longest ``Separated'' Paths and Loops in
                                  an $N$ Cube  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261--261
                     I. S. Reed   Some Remarks on State Reduction of
                                  Asynchronous Circuits by the
                                  Paull--Unger Method  . . . . . . . . . . 262--265
               Stuart B. Lerner   Hazard Correction in Asynchronous
                                  Sequential Circuits  . . . . . . . . . . 265--267
                   R. W. Ahrons   Calculations of Speed of Ladder Network
                                  for Superconductive Associative Memories 267--270
                   M. V. Wilkes   Slave Memories and Dynamic Storage
                                  Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270--271
                   S. B. Lerner   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272--274
                   R. W. Ahrons   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275--280
                C. J. Frank and   
                    A. F. Kaupe   R65-21 GIER --- A Danish Computer of
                                  Medium Size  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277--277
                   H. L. Garner   R65-22 Improving Digital Computer
                                  Performance Using Residue Number Theory  277--277
                   J. E. Sammet   R65-23 Aspects of Language Design for
                                  Combinatorial Computing  . . . . . . . . 277--278
                   D. G. Bobrow   R65-25 Training a Computer to Assign
                                  Descriptors to Documents: Experiments in
                                  Automatic Indexing . . . . . . . . . . . 278--278
                  J. G. Herriot   R65-26 ALGOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278--278
                       N. Wirth   R65-24 Introduction to FORMAC  . . . . . 278--278
                   J. E. Murphy   R65-27 The Data Processing System
                                  Simulator (DPSS) (SP-1299/000/01)  . . . 278--279
                 P. Mermelstein   R65-27 Real Time Recognition of
                                  Hand-Drawn Characters  . . . . . . . . . 279--279
                   O. Firschein   R65-29 A Computer Program Which
                                  'Understands'  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279--280
                    P. M. Lewis   R65-30 Comments on Learning and Adaptive
                                  Machines for Pattern Recognition . . . . 280--280
                   M. V. Wilkes   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 281--293
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 281--298
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294--294
                   R. O. Winder   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294--298
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 299--306
                   W. D. Frazer   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 299--306
                      Anonymous   Information about the Society  . . . . . 307--307--f
                  R. E. Stearns   Information about the Society  . . . . . 307--313
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 307--h

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-14, Number 3, June, 1965

                   R. O. Winder   Enumeration of Seven-Argument Threshold
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315--325
                Thomas M. Cover   Geometrical and Statistical Properties
                                  of Systems of Linear Inequalities with
                                  Applications in Pattern Recognition  . . 326--334
             D. M. Y. Chang and   
                     T. H. Mott   Computing Irredundant Normal Forms from
                                  Abbreviated Presence Functions . . . . . 335--342
              A. J. Nichols and   
                A. J. Bernstein   State Assignments in Combinational
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343--349
               A. Grasselli and   
                      F. Luccio   A Method for Minimizing the Number of
                                  Internal States in Incompletely
                                  Specified Sequential Networks  . . . . . 350--359
                   Roy L. Russo   Synthesis of Error-Tolerant Counters
                                  Using Minimum Distance Three State
                                  Assignments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359--366
                    M. Cohn and   
                        S. Even   Identification and Minimization of
                                  Linear Machines  . . . . . . . . . . . . 367--376
               James H. Pugsley   Sequential Functions and Linear
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 376--382
                J. Goldberg and   
                    R. A. Short   Antiparallel Control Logic . . . . . . . 383--393
                  A. J. Atrubin   A One-Dimensional Real-Time Iterative
                                  Multiplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394--399
                 H. C. Brearley   ILLIAC II --- A Short Description and
                                  Annotated Bibliography . . . . . . . . . 399--403
                   M. S. Zucker   LOCS: An EDP Machine Logic and Control
                                  Simulator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403--416
                     Yaohan Chu   Direct Execution of Programs in Floating
                                  Code by Address Interpretation . . . . . 417--422
                    H. Mott and   
                  C. C. Carroll   A Versatile Comparator for Encoding
                                  Devices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423--427
                M. H. Lewin and   
              H. R. Beelitz and   
                  J. Guarracini   Fixed Resistor-Card Memory . . . . . . . 428--434
           Herbert A. Glucksman   A Parapropagation Pattern Classifier . . 434--443
                A. I. Rubin and   
                   G. F. Graber   Acoustic Ray Tracing on the
                                  General-Purpose Electronic-Analog
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443--455
              Robert M. Deiters   Optimum Design of a Diode Squarer by
                                  Applying the Criterion of Square Root of
                                  the Integral of Per Cent Error Squared   456--463
                    Arthur Gill   On the Bound to the Memory of a
                                  Sequential Machine . . . . . . . . . . . 464--466
             Gregory J. Chaitin   An Improvement on a Theorem of E. F.
                                  Moore  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466--467
                      S. S. Yau   Autonomous Clocks in Sequential Machines 467--472
               Stephen H. Unger   Flow Table Simplification-Some Useful
                                  Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472--475
                Otakar A. Horna   A Geometric Synthesis Method of
                                  Three-Input Majority Logic Networks  . . 475--481
                  H. Ishida and   
                  R. M. Stewart   A Learning Network Using Adaptive
                                  Threshold Elements . . . . . . . . . . . 481--485
                James F. Gimpel   A Method of Producing a Boolean Function
                                  Having an Arbitrarily Prescribed Prime
                                  Implicant Table  . . . . . . . . . . . . 485--488
               Sheldon B. Akers   On the Construction of $(d, k)$ Graphs   488--488
                Robert F. Rosin   A Special Purpose Computer for Solution
                                  of Partial Differential Equations and
                                  Other Iterative Algorithms . . . . . . . 488--490
                 G. K. Aggarwal   Effect of Finite Gain on One-Amplifier
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491--492
             Walter Del Picchia   New Type of Transistorized Digital
                                  Analog Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . 492--492
                    C. L. Sheng   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493--496
                        A. Gill   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497--502
                  N. Metropolis   Review: \em R65-35 Binary-Compatible
                                  Signed-Digit Arithmetic by Algirdas
                                  Avisienis  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499--499
                     G. A. Korn   R65-41 Progress of Hybrid Computation at
                                  United Aircraft Research Laboratories    501--501
                    A. I. Rubin   R65-42 A Hybrid Computer for Adaptive
                                  Nonlinear Process Identification . . . . 501--501
                       T. Lentz   R65-43 A Semi-Permanent Memory Utilizing
                                  Correlation Addressing . . . . . . . . . 501--502
                  R. A. Gaskill   R65-44 PACTOLUS --- A Digital Analog
                                  Simulator Program for the IBM 1620 . . . 502--502
                    D. A. Meier   R65-45 A 105-Bit High-Speed Ferrite
                                  Memory System-Design and Operation . . . 502--502
                  S. S. Shaffer   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 503--516
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 503--521
                   S. W. Miller   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517--517
                  N. Metropolis   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517--521
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 522--522
                    E. R. Byrne   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522--522
                   J. B. Dennis   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 522--522
                      Anonymous   Information about the Society  . . . . . 523--531
                  R. B. Banerji   Information about the Society  . . . . . 523--531
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 531--d

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-14, Number 4, August, 1965

                      Anonymous   New Editor-in-Chief  . . . . . . . . . . 533--533
                James F. Gimpel   A Reduction Technique for Prime
                                  Implicant Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . 535--541
                  F. Mileto and   
                     G. Putzolu   Average Values of Quantities Appearing
                                  in Multiple Output Boolean Minimization  542--552
             J. E. Hopcroft and   
                  R. L. Mattson   Synthesis of Minimal Threshold Logic
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552--560
                    Shimon Even   On Information Lossless Automata of
                                  Finite Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561--569
               T. C. Bartee and   
                  D. J. Chapman   Design of an Accumulator for a General
                                  Purpose Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 570--574
                 D. W. Fife and   
                    J. L. Smith   Transmission Capacity of Disk Storage
                                  Systems with Concurrent Arm Positioning  575--582
              Harold K. Knudsen   The Scaling of Digital Differential
                                  Analyzers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583--590
               W. Bongenaar and   
                 N. C. de Troye   Worst-Case Considerations in Designing
                                  Logical Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . 590--599
                     Yaohan Chu   A Destructive-Readout Associative Memory 600--605
             Guillermo Gonzalez   Delay Approximations for Correlation
                                  Measurements Using Analog Computers  . . 606--617
            Walter W. Wierwille   Experimental Study of a New Method of
                                  Time Delay for Analog Computers  . . . . 617--623
             Irving J. Gabelman   An Algorithm for Threshold Element
                                  Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623--625
                  Ming-Tsan Liu   On the Dual-Monotonicity of Threshold
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625--627
                Rocco H. Urbano   Matrix Criteria for Arbitrary
                                  Reliability in Iterated Neural Nets  . . 627--629
               J. A. Brzozowski   Some Problems in Relay Circuit Design    630--634
                    Shimon Even   Comments on the Minimization of
                                  Stochastic Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 634--637
                 Gordon A. Rose   ``Light-Pen'' Facilities for Direct View
                                  Storage Tubes --- An Economical Solution
                                  for Multiple Man-Machine Communication   637--639
               A. R. Martin and   
               A. B. Rosenstein   A Shiftrix for High-Speed Multiplication 639--643
                Otakar A. Horna   Figure of Merit of Electronic Switching
                                  Devices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643--646
                    H. Mott and   
                  C. C. Carroll   A Functional Counter . . . . . . . . . . 646--647
               George L. Powers   Comment on NOR--NAND Synthesis . . . . . 648--648
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648--650
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 651--662
                      Z. Kohavi   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663--663
                   D. R. Haring   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663--666
                    S. B. Akers   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667--671
                    C. D. Olson   R65-53 Associative Memory System
                                  Implementation and Characteristics . . . 669--670
                      D. Hammel   R65-54 The Logic of Computer Arithmetic  670--670
                    W. C. Mcgee   R65-55 UNISIM --- A Simulation Program
                                  for Communications Networks  . . . . . . 670--670
                     C. W. Gear   R65-56 IBM System 360 Engineering  . . . 670--671
               W. H. Highleyman   R65-58 A System for Automatic
                                  Recognition of Handwritten Words . . . . 671--671
                 E. S. Schwartz   R65-57 CPSS --- A Common Programming
                                  Support System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671--671
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 672--675
                M. L. Dertouzos   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 672--675
                      Anonymous   Information about the Society  . . . . . 677--677--d
                    W. M. Waite   Information about the Society  . . . . . 677--681
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 677--h

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-14, Number 5, October, 1965

              Richard I. Tanaka   In Appreciation  . . . . . . . . . . . . 682--682
                    Y-C. Ho and   
                  R. L. Kashyap   An Algorithm for Linear Inequalities and
                                  its Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . 683--688
                  A. J. Nichols   Minimal Shift-Register Realizations of
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 688--700
                    D. T. Ellis   A Synthesis of Combinational Logic with
                                  NAND or NOR Elements . . . . . . . . . . 701--705
               Herbert Y. Chang   An Algorithm for Selecting an Optimum
                                  Set of Diagnostic Tests  . . . . . . . . 706--711
                 Karyl J. Gurzi   Estimates for Best Placement of Voters
                                  in a Triplicated Logic Network . . . . . 711--717
              Robert H. Whigham   A Fast Analog Comparison for Hybrid
                                  Computation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717--719
                 Karl S. Menger   Characterization and Cardinality of
                                  Universal Functions  . . . . . . . . . . 720--721
              L. M. Maxwell and   
                  E. E. Olander   A Method of Determining the Number of
                                  Vertices Contained in the SC Network
                                  Corresponding to a Given SC Transmission
                                  Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721--723
              C. V. Ramamoorthy   Connectivity Considerations of Graphs
                                  Representing Discrete Sequential Systems 724--727
              Barrett Hazeltine   Encoding of Asynchronous Sequential
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727--729
                    F. R. Frola   A Note on the Problem of Classifying
                                  Vertices of the $n$ Cube into $m$
                                  Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729--730
              V. Varshavsky and   
                   B. Ovsievich   Networks Composed of Ternary Majority
                                  Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730--733
                       I. Brcic   ``Ideally Fast'' Decimal Counters with
                                  Bistables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733--737
               K. Steinbuch and   
                      B. Widrow   A Critical Comparison of Two Kinds of
                                  Adaptive Classification Networks . . . . 737--740
                 Peter Fellgett   Logical Design of Analog-to-Digital
                                  Converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740--741
                 Arthur Hausner   Letter to the Editor . . . . . . . . . . 741--741
                  R. W. Hamming   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742--742
                  L. N. Carling   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743--746
                   W. J. Dunnet   R65-69 Mathematical Models for
                                  Predicting Pulse Characteristics in
                                  Digital Logic Systems  . . . . . . . . . 745--746
                      M. Nadler   R65-70 The Computer Recognition of
                                  Handwritten First Names  . . . . . . . . 746--746
                  A. I. Kaz'Min   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 747--757
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 747--761
                N. N. Mikhailov   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758--761
                N. N. Mikhailov   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761--761
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 762--762
                  G. S. Glinski   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762--762
                      R. Tarjan   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 762--762
                      Anonymous   Information about the Society  . . . . . 763--763--b
               M. Lovin-Roceric   Information about the Society  . . . . . 763--764
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 763--f

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-14, Number 6, December, 1965

                      Anonymous   Call for Papers  . . . . . . . . . . . . 767--767
                Rocco H. Urbano   Some New Results on the Convergence,
                                  Oscillation, and Reliability of
                                  Polyfunctional Nets  . . . . . . . . . . 769--781
                Juris Hartmanis   Two Tests for the Linearity of
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 781--786
         Florin S. Stanciulescu   Sequential Logic and its Application to
                                  the Synthesis of Finite Automata . . . . 786--791
            Franco P. Preparata   On the Realizability of Special Classes
                                  of Autonomous Sequential Networks  . . . 791--797
                      Anonymous   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797--797
                    C. L. Sheng   Compound Synthesis of Threshold-Logic
                                  Network for the Realization of General
                                  Boolean Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . 798--814
                  Michael Yoeli   A Group-Theoretical Approach to Two-Rail
                                  Cascades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815--822
                 Frank M. Brown   Code Transformation in Sequential
                                  Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822--829
                  Angelo R. Meo   On the Determination of the ps Maximal
                                  Implicants of a Switching Function . . . 830--840
              Ronald E. Prather   On Tree Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . 841--851
                H. S. Stone and   
                 A. J. Korenjak   Canonical Form and Synthesis of Cellular
                                  Cascades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852--862
                  M. Combet and   
           H. Van Zonneveld and   
                     L. Verbeek   Computation of the Base Two Logarithm of
                                  Binary Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863--867
            D. L. Dietmeyer and   
                P. R. Schneider   A Computer-Oriented Factoring Algorithm
                                  for NOR Logic Design . . . . . . . . . . 868--874
                   Frank C. Yao   Interconnection and Noise Immunity of
                                  Circuitry in Digital Computers . . . . . 875--880
               George W. Taylor   Utilization of the $t*$ Partial
                                  Switching Properties of Ferroelectrics
                                  in Memory Devices  . . . . . . . . . . . 881--886
             S. P. Bingulac and   
                     E. A. Humo   Analog Computer Generation of Bessel
                                  Functions of Arbitrary Order . . . . . . 886--889
                 R. Tomovic and   
          N. S. Parezanovic and   
                  M. J. Merritt   Sensitivity of Dynamic Systems to
                                  Parameters Which Increase the Order of
                                  Mathematical Models  . . . . . . . . . . 890--897
                 Arthur Hausner   Analog Computer Techniques for Problems
                                  in Complex Variables . . . . . . . . . . 898--908
            Walter W. Wierwille   A Theory and Method for Correlation
                                  Analysis of Nonstationary Signals  . . . 909--919
                  S. R. Das and   
                A. K. Choudhury   Maxterm Type Expressions of Switching
                                  Functions and Their Prime Implicants . . 920--923
                    C. L. Sheng   Detection of Totally Symmetric Boolean
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924--926
                  S. Yajima and   
                     T. Ibaraki   A Lower Bound of the Number of Threshold
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 926--929
                 Sergiu Rudeanu   On Tohma's Decompositions of Logical
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929--931
             Kenneth E. Batcher   On the Number of Stable States in a NOR
                                  Network  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931--932
                     Zvi Kohavi   Reduction of Output Dependency in
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 932--934
            C. E. Kiessling and   
                    C. J. Tunis   Linearly Separable Codes for Adaptive
                                  Threshold Networks . . . . . . . . . . . 935--936
                   Paul E. Wood   Digital Differential Analyzers with
                                  Arbitrary Stored Interconnections  . . . 936--941
                  Fred W. Smith   Coding Analog Variables for Threshold
                                  Logic Discrimination . . . . . . . . . . 941--943
                 P. Spiegel and   
                     R. L. Luce   A Nanosecond Monolithic TTL Gate . . . . 944--946
                    H. R. Eckes   A Fast Mode-Control Switch for Iterative
                                  Differential Analyzers . . . . . . . . . 946--950
               Melvin A. Breuer   Implementation of Threshold Nets by
                                  Integer Linear Programming . . . . . . . 950--952
                     F. L. Wang   An Isomorphic Notation of Switching
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952--954
                      Iwao Toda   The Tree Set of a Linear Machine . . . . 954--957
                Pierre Lavallee   Nonstable Cycle and Level Sets for
                                  Linear Sequential Machines . . . . . . . 957--959
                Pierre Lavallee   Some New Group Theoretic Properties of
                                  Singular Linear Sequential Machines  . . 959--961
                J. Sklansky and   
             A. J. Korenjak and   
                    H. S. Stone   Canonical Tributary Networks . . . . . . 961--963
                Lucio Tavernini   The Automatic Sequencing of
                                  Block-Operators in the Digital
                                  Simulation of Analog and Analog-Hybrid
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963--965
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966--968
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 969--980
               A. Bernstein and   
                    J. Hopcroft   Annual Cumulative Subject Index  . . . . 981--1000
                A. K. Choudhury   Annual Cumulative Author Index . . . . . 1000--1002
                   J. R. Ashley   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003--1007
                  H. K. Knudsen   R65-80 Application of State Variable
                                  Techniques in Analog Computer
                                  Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1005--1006
                    J. B. Lewis   R65-81 The Philosophy and the Result:
                                  Comcor's Ci-5000 Hybrid Computing System 1006--1006
                   A. B. Clymer   R65-82 The SIOUX System and Hybrid Block
                                  Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006--1007
                  R. Marczynski   R65-83 A Magnetically Scanned Magnetic
                                  Tape Transducer  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1007--1007
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 1008--1008
                  N. L. Daggett   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 1008--1008
                    R. C. Daley   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008--1008
                      Anonymous   Information about the Society  . . . . . 1009--1017
                  J. J. Donegan   Information about the Society  . . . . . 1009--1017
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 1017--n
                      Anonymous   IEEE Transactions on Electronic
                                  Computers Annual Index 1965 Volume EC-14 1017--b-1017--m
                     H. Sackman   Annual Index 1965  . . . . . . . . . . . 1019--1030


IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-15, Number 1, February, 1966

                      Anonymous   Editorial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--1
                  R. E. Prather   New Associate Editors and Reviews Editor 2--2
                  R. E. Prather   Three Variable Multiple Output Tree
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--13
                    H. C. Torng   An Approach for the Realization of
                                  Linearly-Separable Switching Functions   14--20
                W. A. Davis and   
               J. A. Brzozowski   On the Linearity of Sequential Machines  21--29
               P. E. Danielsson   Boolean Memories . . . . . . . . . . . . 29--35
                   F. C. Hennie   On-Line Turing Machine Computations  . . 35--44
               Donald R. Haring   Multi-Threshold Threshold Elements . . . 45--65
                D. B. Armstrong   On Finding a Nearly Minimal Set of Fault
                                  Detection Tests for Combinational Logic
                                  Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66--73
              R. M. Janoski and   
             R. L. Schaefer and   
                   J. J. Skiles   COBLOC --- A Program for All-Digital
                                  Simulation of a Hybrid Computer  . . . . 74--82
                   H. Hellerman   Parallel Processing of Algebraic
                                  Expressions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82--91
                   R. Casey and   
                        G. Nagy   Recognition of Printed Chinese
                                  Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91--101
                     A. Friedes   Corrections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101--101
                 Albert Friedes   Critical Pairs and Set Systems . . . . . 102--104
          Daniel J. Rosenkrantz   Synchronizing Sequences for Incompletely
                                  Specified Flow Tables  . . . . . . . . . 104--105
                  J. Santos and   
                  H. Arango and   
                     F. Lorenzo   Threshold Synthesis of Ternary Digital
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--107
                    Arthur Gill   On the Series-to-Parallel Transformation
                                  of Linear Sequential Circuits  . . . . . 107--108
                      Ivor Catt   Time Loss Through Gating of Asynchronous
                                  Logic Signal Pulses  . . . . . . . . . . 108--111
                   H. Frank and   
                      S. S. Yau   Improving Reliability of a Sequential
                                  Machine by Error-Correcting State
                                  Assignments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111--113
                Charles R. Kime   An Organization for Checking Experiments
                                  on Sequential Circuits . . . . . . . . . 113--115
                George Sethares   Closed Sets of Boolean Functions and the
                                  Reliability Problem for Polyfunctional
                                  Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--117
               Wolfgang Hilberg   Simultaneous Multiple Response in
                                  Associative Memories and Readout of the
                                  Detector Matrix  . . . . . . . . . . . . 117--118
                M. W. Allen and   
                   R. J. Potter   A Hardware Device for Generalized
                                  Mapping Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . 118--120
                     R. E. King   A Dual Amplifier Differentiator  . . . . 120--121
            Mildred Chaplin and   
                      W. Penney   Two-Dimensional Binary Arrays  . . . . . 121--121
                     Aram Budak   An Improved Time Delay Simulation  . . . 122--122
                D. O. Smith and   
                    K. J. Harte   Content-Addressed Memory Using Magneto-
                                  or Electro-Optical Interrogation . . . . 123--123
                 G. H. Stearman   Is Switching Theory Mathematics or
                                  Engineering? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124--124
                     G. P. Weeg   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125--126
                 J. N. Warfield   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--131
                     J. V. Wait   R66-12 Experimental Study of a New
                                  Method of Time Delay for Analog
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130--131
                      Anonymous   Summary Report of a Workshop on
                                  Programming Languages for Command and
                                  Control  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--132
               J. A. Brzozowski   Workshop Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--132
                 J. P. Robinson   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 133--144
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 133--148
                     E. Manning   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145--147
                        S. Even   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148--148
                     C. R. Kime   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 149--149
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 149--150
                   G. E. Mellen   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149--150
                      Anonymous   Information about the Society  . . . . . 151--155
                  W. H. Davidow   Information about the Society  . . . . . 151--155
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 155--b

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-15, Number 2, April, 1966

                    M. E. White   An Analog Computer Technique for Solving
                                  a Class of Nonlinear Ordinary
                                  Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . 157--163
               William H. Kautz   A Survey and Assessment of Progress in
                                  Switching Theory and Logical Design in
                                  the Soviet Union . . . . . . . . . . . . 164--204
                      F. Luccio   A Method for the Selection of Prime
                                  Implicants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205--212
                C. L. Sheng and   
                      H. R. Hwa   Testing and Realization of Threshold
                                  Functions by Successive Higher Ordering
                                  of Incremental Weights . . . . . . . . . 212--220
                 R. O. Duda and   
                      H. Fossum   Pattern Classification by Iteratively
                                  Determined Linear and Piecewise Linear
                                  Discriminant Functions . . . . . . . . . 220--232
             Walter Del Picchia   A Transistorized Digital Analog
                                  Converter with AC Amplification  . . . . 233--235
                  A. Nathan and   
                        I. Korn   Optimal Design of NLI Squarers and Sine
                                  Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235--239
                  H. C. Josephs   The Effect of Spatial Variations in
                                  Voltage and Temperature in Emitter
                                  Coupled Logic Systems  . . . . . . . . . 239--242
                  K. K. Roy and   
                A. K. Choudhury   A Note on Testing and Realization of
                                  Threshold Functions  . . . . . . . . . . 242--244
               D. C. Plisch and   
                 A. K. Scidmore   The Number of Equivalence Classes of
                                  Functions Realizable by Generalized
                                  Tributary Networks . . . . . . . . . . . 244--245
                   A. Grasselli   Minimal Closed Partitions for
                                  Incompletely Specified Flow Tables . . . 245--249
                Torben U. Zahle   On Coding the States of Sequential
                                  Machines with the Use of Partition Pairs 249--253
              Henry D. Friedman   A Design for $(d, k)$ Graphs . . . . . . 253--254
                  H. Arango and   
                      J. Santos   A Fast Carry-Propagation Circuit for
                                  Base $3$ Signed Non redundant Arithmetic 254--255
              Robert T. Gregory   On the Design of the Arithmetic Unit of
                                  a Fixed-Word-Length Computer from the
                                  Standpoint of Computational Accuracy . . 255--257
            A. N. Mucciardi and   
                     E. E. Gose   Evolutionary Pattern Recognition in
                                  Incomplete Nonlinear Multithreshold
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257--261
              Piotr Misiurewicz   Comment on ``Counting with
                                  Majority-Logic Networks''  . . . . . . . 262--262
              Joao A. Zuffo and   
             Walter Del Picchia   New Transistorized Dc-Ac Amplitude
                                  Converter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262--262
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263--264
                   R. E. Miller   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265--271
                  E. E. Newhall   R66-25 Magnetically Controlled Variable
                                  Logic  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270--270
                    R. F. Rosin   R66-26 A Destructive-Readout Associative
                                  Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270--270
                  V. C. Rideout   R66-27 Delay Approximations for
                                  Correlation Measurements Using Analog
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271--271
                      Anonymous   Implementation of Communications-Based
                                  EDP Information Systems  . . . . . . . . 271--272
                      E. Shamir   Implementation of Communications-Based
                                  EDP Information Systems  . . . . . . . . 271--272
                      Anonymous   The Role of ``Reliability'' in Total
                                  Systems Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272--273
                 D. M. Y. Chang   The Role of ``Reliability'' in Total
                                  Systems Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272--273
                      Anonymous   Sixth Annual Symposium on Switching
                                  Circuit Theory And Logical Design  . . . 274--274
                   D. R. Haring   Sixth Annual Symposium on Switching
                                  Circuit Theory and Logical Design  . . . 274--274
                        A. Gill   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 275--288
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 275--294
                      C. L. Liu   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288--293
                M. L. Dertouzos   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294--294
                   R. O. Winder   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 295--295
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 295--296
                   E. K. Bowdon   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295--296
                      Anonymous   Information about the Society  . . . . . 297--299
                   R. L. Sharma   Information about the Society  . . . . . 297--299
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 299--d

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-15, Number 3, June, 1966

                      Anonymous   Special Computer Issue . . . . . . . . . 301--301
                      Anonymous   Editor's Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . 303--303
          E. E. L. Mitchell and   
               J. B. Mawson and   
                      J. Bulger   Computer Group News Editor . . . . . . . 303--303
          E. E. L. Mitchell and   
               J. B. Mawson and   
                      J. Bulger   A Generalized Hybrid Simulation for an
                                  Aerospace Vehicle  . . . . . . . . . . . 304--313
                 A. Hausner and   
                Cita M. Furlani   Chebyshev All-Pass Approximants for
                                  Time-Delay Simulation  . . . . . . . . . 314--321
                R. H. Baker and   
               D. H. Galvin and   
                   R. W. Rasche   Pulse Powered Circuits . . . . . . . . . 321--323
               John B. Connolly   Cross Coupling in High Speed Digital
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323--327
                      W. W. Chu   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327--327
                      W. W. Chu   Computer Simulation of Waveform
                                  Distortions in Digital Magnetic
                                  Recordings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328--336
                  S. S. Yau and   
                     K. C. Wang   Linearity of Sequential Machines . . . . 337--354
             Arthur D. Friedman   Feedback in Synchronous Sequential
                                  Switching Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . 354--367
                 David R. Smith   Bounds on the Number of Threshold
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368--369
                    T. Krishnan   On the Threshold Order of a Boolean
                                  Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369--372
            J. D. Bargainer and   
                   C. L. Coates   Decimal Numbers for Checking Summability 372--372
                    S. Even and   
                    A. R. Meyer   Test for Planarity of a Circuit Given by
                                  an Expression  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372--375
              Frederic J. Mowle   Relations Between $P^n$ Cycles and
                                  Stable Feedback Shift Registers  . . . . 375--378
               W. H. Wattenburg   Design Automation for Computer Software  378--380
                  H. d'Hoop and   
                  R. Monterosso   SAHYB --- A Program for Simulation of
                                  Analog and Hybrid Computers  . . . . . . 381--382
                 Paul H. Giroux   Estimates for Best Placement of Voters
                                  in a Triplicated Logic Network . . . . . 382--382
             Walter Del Picchia   A Multi-Purpose Function Generator . . . 382--383
                  Frank Amoroso   Timing Extraction at High Bit Densities  383--385
                    O. Herrmann   About Transfer Functions with
                                  Approximately Constant Time-Delay  . . . 385--385
                     Carl Barus   An Easily Mechanized Scheme for an
                                  Adaptive Pattern Recognizer  . . . . . . 385--387
            A. K. Choudhury and   
                      S. R. Das   Computing Irredundant Normal Forms from
                                  Abbreviated Presence Functions . . . . . 387--387
                     J. Kateley   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388--389
                      S. S. Yau   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390--394
                   A. E. Rogers   R66-39 A Demonstration Hybrid Computer
                                  for Real-Time Flight Simulation  . . . . 394--394
                    W. H. Kautz   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 395--406
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 395--410
                    J. Hopcroft   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406--409
               L. M. Spandorfer   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410--410
                      Anonymous   On The Organization of Reliable Automata 411--411
                     D. W. Fife   Workshop Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . 411--411
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 412--412
                      C. N. Liu   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 412--412
                      Anonymous   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413--413
                   R. W. Embley   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413--413
                      Anonymous   Information about the Society  . . . . . 415--417
                  E. G. Gilbert   Information about the Society  . . . . . 415--417
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 417--d

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-15, Number 4, August, 1966

                      Anonymous   IEEE Proceedings Computer Issue  . . . . 419--419
               Bruce A. Kaufman   The Special Issue on High-Speed Memories 420--422
                 P. Pleshko and   
                   L. M. Terman   An Investigation of the Potential of MOS
                                  Transistor Memories  . . . . . . . . . . 423--427
                 T. A. Kriz and   
                    T. K. Ishii   An Experimental Nondestructive Microwave
                                  Ferrite Core Readout Using Stripline . . 428--435
                      R. Matick   Fast Nondestructive Read, Slow Write
                                  Memory Device Using Thick Magnetic Films 435--441
                   H. Maeda and   
              A. Matsushita and   
                   M. Takashima   Woven Wire Memory for NDRO System  . . . 442--451
                     A. V. Pohm   Magnetic Film Scratch-Pad Memories . . . 452--458
                   Paul Higashi   A Thin-Film Rod Memory for the NCR 315
                                  RMC Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459--467
                   Frank C. Yao   Propagation of Sense Signals in
                                  Large-Scale Magnetic Thin Film Memories  468--474
                 T. J. Gilligan   $2 1/2$D High Speed Memory Systems ---
                                  Past, Present, and Future  . . . . . . . 475--485
                 J. Reese Brown   First-and Second-Order Ferrite Memory
                                  Core Characteristics and Their
                                  Relationship to System Performance . . . 485--501
              W. H. Aldrich and   
                   R. L. Alonso   The ``Braid'' Transformer Memory . . . . 502--508
                   A. G. Hanlon   Content-Addressable and Associative
                                  Memory Systems a Survey  . . . . . . . . 509--521
                 C. C. Yang and   
                      S. S. Yau   A Cutpoint Cellular Associative Memory   522--528
               W. A. Crofut and   
                  M. R. Sottile   Design Techniques of a Delay-Line
                                  Content-Addressed Memory . . . . . . . . 529--534
                    L. C. Hobbs   Present and Future State-of-the-Art in
                                  Computer Memories  . . . . . . . . . . . 534--550
                James H. Tracey   Internal State Assignments for
                                  Asynchronous Sequential Machines . . . . 551--560
               L. Hellerman and   
                 W. L. Duda and   
                    S. Winograd   Continuity and Realizability of Sequence
                                  Transformations  . . . . . . . . . . . . 560--569
                William F. King   Analysis of Iterative NOR Autonomous
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 569--577
                 Roy D. Merrill   A Tabular Minimization Procedure for
                                  Ternary Switching Functions  . . . . . . 578--585
                 B. Reiffen and   
                   H. L. Yudkin   On Nonlinear Binary Sequential Circuits
                                  and Their Inverses . . . . . . . . . . . 586--596
           Richard C. Singleton   Generalized Snake-in-the-Box Codes . . . 596--602
           Konrad R. Fialkowski   The $2$'s Complement and Other
                                  Semi-Systematic Binary Codes . . . . . . 603--605
            Angelo Raffaele Meo   Majority Gate Networks . . . . . . . . . 606--618
                  R. L. Kashyap   Synthesis of Switching Functions by
                                  Threshold Elements . . . . . . . . . . . 619--628
                   H. H. Loomis   The Maximum Rate Accumulator . . . . . . 628--639
               N. Fuschillo and   
                     J. Kroboth   Multifunction Monolithic Thin-Film
                                  Compatible DTL Logic Circuits for Data
                                  Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640--646
         Eduardo Tomas Ulzurrun   Stress Effects on Thin-Film Parametrons  647--657
                James L. Massey   Note on Finite-Memory Sequential
                                  Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658--659
                Michael C. Wang   An Algorithm for Gray-to-Binary
                                  Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659--660
                  H. Arango and   
                 M. Pascual and   
         M. E. Valentinuzzi and   
                      J. Santos   Threshold Implementation of Ternary
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661--662
               Donald R. Haring   Multi-Threshold Building Blocks  . . . . 662--663
               C. A. Renton and   
               B. M. Rabinovici   Light Amplifiers and Inverters for
                                  Digital Application Employing Negative
                                  Conductance Devices  . . . . . . . . . . 664--665
                C. A. Rosen and   
                     D. J. Hall   A Pattern Recognition Experiment with
                                  Near-Optimum Results . . . . . . . . . . 666--667
                Arthur Bridgman   Comments on ``Experimental Study of a
                                  New Method of Time Delay for Analog
                                  Computers''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667--669
                   H. Hellerman   On the Average Speed of a
                                  Multiple-Module Storage System . . . . . 670--670
                        J. Klir   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670--675
                    D. L. Epley   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676--682
                    H. S. Stone   R66-50 An Algorithm for the Machine
                                  Calculation of Complex Fourier Series    680--681
                    H. S. Stone   R66-51 Programming Semantics for
                                  Multiprogrammed Computations . . . . . . 681--681
                     B. Raphael   R66-52 A Programmer's Description of
                                  LLLLLL, Bell Telephone Laboratories Low
                                  Level Linked List Language . . . . . . . 681--682
                      Anonymous   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 682--682
                A. J. Bernstein   Computer Group News  . . . . . . . . . . 682--682
                    R. A. Short   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 683--695
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 683--700
               R. B. Mcghee and   
                     I. S. Reed   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696--700
                 J. P. Anderson   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700--700
                      Anonymous   Information about the Society  . . . . . 701--713
            A. J. Bernstein and   
                    P. M. Lewis   Information about the Society  . . . . . 701--713
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 713--b

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-15, Number 5, October, 1966

                    A. Marzollo   Editor's Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . 715--715
                Angelo Marzollo   Nonobservable or Noncontrollable Analog
                                  Schemes for the Solution of a Special
                                  Class of Differential Equations  . . . . 716--719
                   L. Light and   
                  J. Badger and   
                      D. Barnes   An Automatic Acoustic Ray Tracing
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719--725
              Vernon L. Larrowe   Band-Pass Quadrature Filters . . . . . . 726--731
                A. Mukhopadhyay   Symmetric Ternary Switching Functions    731--739
             Arthur D. Friedman   Feedback in Asynchronous Sequential
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740--749
                 N. A. Ball and   
               H. Q. Foster and   
                 W. H. Long and   
           I. E. Sutherland and   
                R. L. Wigington   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749--749
                 N. A. Ball and   
               H. Q. Foster and   
                 W. H. Long and   
           I. E. Sutherland and   
                R. L. Wigington   A Shared Memory Computer Display System  750--756
                A. J. Bernstein   Analysis of Programs for Parallel
                                  Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757--763
               Harvey L. Garner   Error Codes for Arithmetic Operations    763--770
                   R. E. Bonner   Pattern Recognition with Three Added
                                  Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770--781
             J. R. Morrison and   
                D. E. Speliotis   Cobalt-Substituted $\gamma$-Fe$_2$O$_3$
                                  as a High-Density Recording Tape . . . . 782--793
             Frederick W. Dauer   Impact Printing  . . . . . . . . . . . . 794--798
                   Narsingh Deo   The Self-Diagnosability of a Computer    799--799
                      Huei Ling   High Speed Binary Parallel Adder . . . . 799--802
                 Allen H. Brady   The Conjectured Highest Scoring Machines
                                  for Rado's ${\Sigma}(k)$ for the Value
                                  $k = 4$  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802--803
                      F. Luccio   Reduction of the Number of Columns in
                                  Flow Table Minimization  . . . . . . . . 803--805
                  S. Muroga and   
                        I. Toda   Lower Bound of the Number of Threshold
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805--806
                    A. Ginzburg   About Some Properties of Definite,
                                  Reverse-Definite and Related Automata    806--810
                 G. C. Sethares   On the Limit Sets of the $2 \times 1$
                                  Homogeneous Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . 810--812
            A. K. Choudhury and   
                      S. R. Das   Comment on ``Detection of Totally
                                  Symmetric Boolean Functions''  . . . . . 813--813
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814--816
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 817--827
                   D. R. Haring   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828--831
                  G. S. Glinski   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832--832
                   R. H. Urbano   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833--841
                  R. A. Gaskill   R66-60 Digital Simulation Languages: A
                                  Critique and A Guide . . . . . . . . . . 836--836
                     D. J. Kuck   R66-59 Computer Software: Programming
                                  Systems for Digital Computers  . . . . . 836--836
                     A. P. Sage   R66-61 Digital Simulation of Large Scale
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836--837
                   E. G. Newman   R66-62 A Design for A Multiple User
                                  Multiprocessing System . . . . . . . . . 837--837
                A. F. Kaupe and   
                    C. J. Frank   R66-63 Parallel Processing of Algebraic
                                  Expressions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837--839
                  W. W. Bledsoe   R66-64 Pattern Recognition Studies in
                                  the Biomedical Sciences  . . . . . . . . 839--839
               H. F. Meissinger   R66-66 Sensitivity of Dynamic Systems to
                                  Parameters Which Increase the Order of
                                  Mathematical Models  . . . . . . . . . . 839--840
                   L. D. Kovach   R66-67 Analog Computer Techniques for
                                  Problems in Complex Variables  . . . . . 840--840
                  J. C. Strauss   R66-68 An Analysis of Continuous
                                  Parameter Identification Methods . . . . 840--840
                      Anonymous   R66-15 A Reduction Technique for Prime
                                  Implicant Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . 841--841
                  V. L. Larrowe   R66-69 A Theory and Method for
                                  Correlation Analysis of Nonstationary
                                  Signals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 841--841
                      Anonymous   Information about the Society  . . . . . 843--847
                    M. A. Arbib   Information about the Society  . . . . . 843--847
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 847--d

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-15, Number 6, December, 1966

                M. C. Gilliland   A Spectral Stability Analysis of Finite
                                  Difference Operators . . . . . . . . . . 849--854
               J. E. Shemer and   
                  G. A. Shippey   Statistical Analysis of Paged and
                                  Segmented Computer Systems . . . . . . . 855--863
                 Eric G. Wagner   On Connecting Modules Together Uniformly
                                  to Form a Modular Computer . . . . . . . 864--873
                   Eric Manning   On Computer Self-Diagnosis. Part I ---
                                  Experimental Study of a Processor  . . . 873--881
                   Eric Manning   On Computer Self-Diagnosis. Part II ---
                                  Generalizations and Design Principles    882--890
               B. B. Gordon and   
                R. W. House and   
              A. P. Lechler and   
               L. D. Nelson and   
                        T. Rado   Simplification of the Covering Problem
                                  for Multiple Output Logical Networks . . 891--897
            Franco P. Preparata   Convolutional Transformations of Binary
                                  Sequences: Boolean Functions and Their
                                  Resynchronizing Properties . . . . . . . 898--908
               G. Sebestyen and   
                        J. Edie   An Algorithm for Non-Parametric Pattern
                                  Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908--915
                  C. N. Liu and   
                  G. L. Shelton   An Experimental Investigation of a
                                  Mixed-Font Print Recognition System  . . 916--925
                   R. P. Gilson   Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925--925
               Rodman P. Gilson   Some Results of Amplitude Distribution
                                  Experiments on Shift Register Generated
                                  Pseudo-Random Noise  . . . . . . . . . . 926--927
                  K. Y. Sih and   
                    M. Y. Hsiao   Cyclic Codes in Multiple Channel
                                  Parallel Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 927--930
                V. Kudielka and   
                       P. Oliva   Complete Sets of Functions of Two and
                                  Three Binary Variables . . . . . . . . . 930--931
                   J. Hartmanis   Minimal Feedback Realizations of
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 931--933
                    P. M. Lewis   A Lower Bound on the Number of
                                  Corrections Required for Convergence of
                                  the Single Threshold Gate Adaptive
                                  Procedure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933--935
             Victor H. Sandoval   On the Hyperplanes of the
                                  Taylor-Steinbuch Linear Separator  . . . 935--935
                      C. L. Liu   Some Algebraic Properties of
                                  Multi-Threshold Functions  . . . . . . . 935--938
                  S. S. Yau and   
                     C. C. Yang   A Nonbulk Addition Technique for
                                  Associative Processors . . . . . . . . . 938--941
                   H. Glucksman   On the Improvement of a Linear
                                  Separation by Extending the Adaptive
                                  Process with a Stricter Criterion  . . . 941--944
                  S. S. Yau and   
                     C. C. Yang   Pattern Recognition by Using an
                                  Associative Memory . . . . . . . . . . . 944--947
                 Paul W. Cooper   A Note on an Adaptive Hypersphere
                                  Decision Boundary  . . . . . . . . . . . 948--949
                   R. O. Winder   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950--952
                    S. B. Akers   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953--962
                 C. W. Hastings   R66-78 Computation of the Base Two
                                  Logarithm of Binary Number . . . . . . . 956--957
                 A. K. Scidmore   R66-79 On Measures of Logic Performance:
                                  Logic Quantum, Factor and Figure of
                                  Merit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957--958
                D. T. Greenwood   R66-80 Transient Neutron Distribution
                                  Solutions by Compressed and Real-Time
                                  Computer Complexes . . . . . . . . . . . 958--958
                H. K. Skramstad   R66-81 A Hybrid-Code Differential
                                  Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958--959
                    J. B. Lewis   R66-83 A Time-Shared Hybrid Simulation
                                  Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959--959
                       T. Miura   R66-82 Error Analysis of Hybrid Computer
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959--959
                  G. S. Glinski   R66-84 The Use of an Analogue Computer
                                  in Some Operational Research Problems    959--960
             W. E. Vander Velde   R66-85 Hybrid Computer Monte Carlo
                                  Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960--961
                  B. P. Bittner   R66-87 Computer Programming  . . . . . . 961--961
                  M. A. Fischer   R66-86 A Chess Mating Combinations
                                  Program  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961--961
                  R. H. Canaday   R66-88 Computer Graphics-Ten Unsolved
                                  Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961--962
                A. K. Choudhury   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 963--975
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 963--999
                    C. L. Sheng   Annual Cumulative Subject Index  . . . . 976--996
                   R. J. Preiss   Annual Cumulative Author Index . . . . . 997--999
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 999--r
                      Anonymous   IEEE Transactions on Electronic
                                  Computers Annual Index 1966 Volume EC-15 999--b-999--q
               R. L. Ashenhurst   Annual Index 1966  . . . . . . . . . . . 1001--1016


IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-16, Number 1, February, 1967

                  L. A. O'Neill   Editor's Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--1
            Lawrence A. O'Neill   Iterative Analog Computation and the
                                  Representation of Signals  . . . . . . . 2--8
                 D. E. Dick and   
                    H. J. Wertz   Analog and Digital Computation of
                                  Fourier Series and Integrals . . . . . . 8--13
           Jakob F. Rossing and   
             Joachim E. Walther   Calculation of Cross-Coupled Noise in
                                  Digital Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . 14--17
                James F. Gimpel   The Minimization of TANT Networks  . . . 18--38
        M. Eugenio Valentinuzzi   Three-Valued Propositional Calculus of
                                  Lukasiewicz. and Three-Position Double
                                  Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39--44
             Stanislaw Majerski   On Determination of Optimal
                                  Distributions of Carry Skips in Adders   45--58
            David F. Martin and   
                  Gerald Estrin   Experiments on Models of Computations
                                  and Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59--69
            David E. Martin and   
                  Gerald Estrin   Models of Computational Systems-Cyclic
                                  to Acyclic Graph Transformations . . . . 70--79
                   A. A. Hauser   Vector Integrators . . . . . . . . . . . 80--82
             J. B. Connolly and   
                  W. G. Schmidt   Failure-Erasure Circuitry: A Duplicative
                                  Technique of Failure-Masking Systems . . 82--85
               Alvin B. Kaufman   Ferromagnetic Wire Memory  . . . . . . . 86--88
                Oscar H. Ibarra   On the Equivalence of Finite-State
                                  Sequential Machine Models  . . . . . . . 88--90
                    A. C. Fleck   On the Strong Connectedness of the
                                  Direct Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90--90
                    Israel Korn   On $(d, k)$ Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . 90--90
         Stanislaw Majerski and   
                 Michal Wiweger   NOR-Gate Binary Adder with Carry
                                  Completion Detection . . . . . . . . . . 90--92
                 G. C. Sethares   On the Complete Convergence of Bordered
                                  Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92--93
                M. C. Paull and   
                    G. Waldbaum   A Note on State Minimization of
                                  Asynchronous Sequential Functions  . . . 94--97
               Sheldon B. Akers   A Modification of Lee's Path Connection
                                  Algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--98
                 A. D. Friedman   Fault Detection in Redundant Circuits    99--100
                     A. Svoboda   Ordering of Implicants . . . . . . . . . 100--105
                    T. L. Booth   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106--107
                  Shu-Park Chan   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107--114
                   E. K. Bowdon   R67-9 PERT as an Aid to Logic Design . . 110--110
                   E. L. Lawler   R67-8 An Algorithm for Linear
                                  Inequalities and Its Applications  . . . 110--110
                     S. Dreyfus   R67-10 Introduction and Overview of the
                                  Multics System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110--111
                   J. B. Dennis   R67-11 Index Register Allocation . . . . 111--111
                  J. J. Donegan   R67-12 Digital Training Devices  . . . . 111--111
                 G. A. Paquette   R67-13 Hybrid Simulation of a Helicopter 111--112
                    D. G. Watts   R67-14 Random-Process Simulation and
                                  Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112--112
                D. G. Watts and   
                    H. S. Stone   R67-15 A Contribution to the Development
                                  of ALGOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112--113
                   H. Bremerman   R67-16 Computers and Thought . . . . . . 113--114
                   J. Hartmanis   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 115--128
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 115--132
                     C. V. Page   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128--131
               J. A. Brzozowski   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132--132
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 132--a

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-16, Number 2, April, 1967

              Jaroslav H. Lukes   Oscillographic Examination of the
                                  Operation of Function Generators . . . . 133--139
              Emmett P. O'Grady   Correlation Method for Computing
                                  Sensitivity Functions on a High-Speed
                                  Iterative Analog Computer  . . . . . . . 140--146
                Richard Y. Kain   Synthesis of UP--DOWN Counters . . . . . 146--151
               David Mandelbaum   A Comparison of Linear Sequential
                                  Circuits and Arithmetic Sequences  . . . 151--157
                    Akio Sasaki   Addition and Subtraction in the Residue
                                  Number System  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--164
            Jesse T. Quatse and   
                    Roy A. Keir   A Parallel Accumulator for a
                                  General-Purpose Computer . . . . . . . . 165--171
                 Dieter Seitzer   An Experimental Word Decode and Drive
                                  System for a Magnetic Film Memory with
                                  20-ns READ-Cycle Time  . . . . . . . . . 172--179
             G. D. Bergland and   
                     H. W. Hale   Digital Real-Time Spectral Analysis  . . 180--185
                    H. R. Kaupp   Characteristics of Microstrip
                                  Transmission Lines . . . . . . . . . . . 185--193
               Gustav N. Wassel   Multiple Reflections on Pulse Signal
                                  Transmission Lines-Model for Computer
                                  Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193--202
           Michael L. Dertouzos   PHASEPLOT: An On-Line Graphical Display
                                  Technique  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203--209
              Velio A. Marsocci   Dynamic Errors in Electronic Analog
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210--212
       Michael L. Dertouzos and   
                  Zachary Fluhr   Minimization and Convexity in Threshold
                                  Logic  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212--215
           Donald R. Haring and   
                   Dennis Ohori   A Tabular Method for the Synthesis of
                                  Multithreshold Threshold Elements  . . . 216--220
               Peter Weiner and   
                Edward J. Smith   On the Number of Distinct State
                                  Assignments for Synchronous Sequential
                                  Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220--221
             Arthur D. Friedman   Comment on ``A Method for the Selection
                                  of Prime Implicants''  . . . . . . . . . 221--222
                      Jiri Klir   A Note on the Basic Block Diagrams of
                                  Finite Automata from the Engineering
                                  Point of View  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223--224
               Domenico Ferrari   A Division Method Using a Parallel
                                  Multiplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224--226
                  I. Aleksander   Array Networks for a Parallel Adder and
                                  Its Control  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226--229
                   J. Kella and   
                       A. Shani   A Note on the Accuracy of Digital
                                  Differential Analyzers . . . . . . . . . 230--230
               O. Firschein and   
                 M. A. Fischler   Comment on ``A Pattern Recognition
                                  Experiment with Near-Optimum Results''   231--231
                 R. K. Richards   ``Datum Processing,'' ``Digital Datum
                                  Transmission,'' and ``Automaton Theory'' 231--231
                C. A. Rosen and   
                     D. J. Hall   Authors' Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231--231
                   R. O. Winder   Correction to ``Enumeration of
                                  Seven-Argument Threshold Functions'' . . 231--231
                   T. C. Bartee   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232--233
                   J. H. Tracey   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234--242
                 J. E. Hopcroft   R67-24 Formal Properties of Grammars . . 238--239
                  R. M. Mcclure   R67-25 A Syntax-Oriented Translator  . . 239--239
                  R. H. Canaday   R67-26 The Lincoln Wand  . . . . . . . . 240--240
                    A. I. Rubin   R67-27 An Automatic Acoustic Ray Tracing
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240--241
                  L. E. Fogarty   R67-28 A General-Purpose Analog
                                  Translational Trajectory Program for
                                  Orbiting and Reentry Vehicles  . . . . . 241--241
                     G. A. Korn   R67-29 Hybrid Computer Solutions of
                                  Partial-Differential Equations by Monte
                                  Carlo Methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241--242
                    G. A. Bekey   R67-30 Analog Computer Methods for
                                  Parameter Optimization . . . . . . . . . 242--242
                R. Vichnevetsky   R67-31 Transfer Functions and the Matric
                                  Computor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242--242
                      P. Naslin   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 243--256
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 243--260
                    M. H. Lewin   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257--259
                  V. L. Wallace   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260--260
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 260--a

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-16, Number 3, June, 1967

              Sergio T. Ribeiro   Random-Pulse Machines  . . . . . . . . . 261--276
                M. R. Aaron and   
                    S. K. Mitra   Synthesis of Resistive Digital-to-Analog
                                  Conversion Ladders for Arbitrary Codes
                                  with Fixed Positive Weights  . . . . . . 277--281
               Hisashi Mine and   
                  Yoshiaki Koga   Basic Properties and a Construction
                                  Method for Fail-Safe Logical Systems . . 282--289
             Dennis John Clague   New Classes of Synchronous Codes . . . . 290--298
                 Shunichi Amari   A Theory of Adaptive Pattern Classifiers 299--307
               Donald F. Specht   Generation of Polynomial Discriminant
                                  Functions for Pattern Recognition  . . . 308--319
                 John Roder and   
            A. Frederick Rosene   Memory Protection in Multiprocessing
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320--326
                  Wesley W. Chu   A Mathematical Model for Diagnosing
                                  System Failures  . . . . . . . . . . . . 327--331
                Morton H. Lewin   Portable Electronic Keyboard for
                                  Computer Input by Telephone  . . . . . . 332--334
                  Sigurd Waaben   High-Speed Plated-Wire Memory System . . 335--343
                     Yukun Hsia   Solenoid-Coupled READ-ONLY Memory  . . . 344--350
                     J. V. Wait   State-Space Methods for Designing
                                  Digital Simulations of Continuous Fixed
                                  Linear Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351--355
                    R. C. White   Experiments with Digital Computer
                                  Simulations of Pseudo-Random Noise
                                  Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355--357
                   L. E. Colley   Computation of Time-Phase Displacements
                                  of Binary Linear Sequence Generators . . 357--359
                P. K. Sinha Roy   Synthesis of Symmetric Switching
                                  Functions Using Threshold Logic Elements 359--364
            Henrik Eriksson and   
              Per E. Danielsson   Two Problems on Boolean Memories . . . . 364--365
               Gabriele Saucier   Encoding of Asynchronous Sequential
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365--369
            Lawrence G. Roberts   Conic Display Generator Using
                                  Multiplying Digital-Analog Converters    369--370
                  F. Filippazzi   A New Approach to Permanent Memory . . . 370--371
             Arthur W. Keen and   
           Jacqueline L. Peters   Operational Differentiators Employing
                                  Positive Feedback  . . . . . . . . . . . 371--372
                D. O. Smith and   
                    K. J. Harte   Comment on ``Content-Addressed Memory
                                  Using Magneto-or Electro-Optical
                                  Interrogation''  . . . . . . . . . . . . 372--372
                 P. Mermelstein   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373--375
                 J. P. Anderson   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375--380
                   W. E. Wagner   R67-39 Trajectory Optimization Using
                                  Fast-Time Repetitive Computation . . . . 379--379
                   G. R. Bolton   R67-40 Satellite Lifetime Program  . . . 379--380
                     E. Massell   R67-41 An Analog Photoresistive
                                  Multiplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380--380
                  G. Szentirmai   R67-42 Band-Pass Quadrature Filters  . . 380--380
             H. S. Witsenhausen   R67-43 Nonobservable or Noncontrollable
                                  Analog Schemes for the Solution of a
                                  Special Class of Differential Equations  380--380
                      B. Herzog   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 381--392
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 381--396
                        K. Loce   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393--396
                      R. Tabory   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396--396
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 396--a

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-16, Number 4, August, 1967

            Alexander Shani and   
                 Doron J. Cohen   Optimum Time Sharing of a Digital
                                  Communication Channel  . . . . . . . . . 397--402
            Robert Vichnevetsky   Error Analysis in the Computer
                                  Simulation of Dynamic Systems:
                                  Variational Aspects of the Problem . . . 403--411
             Fred H. Hardie and   
              Robert J. Suhocki   Design and Use of Fault Simulation for
                                  Saturn Computer Design . . . . . . . . . 412--429
                  Wesley W. Chu   A Computer Simulation of Electrical Loss
                                  and Loading Effect in Magnetic Recording 430--434
                 Wayne A. Davis   An Approach to the Assignment of Input
                                  Codes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435--442
            Peter J. Graham and   
             Raymond J. Distler   RST Flip-Flop Input Equations  . . . . . 443--445
                   Pierre Tison   Generalization of Consensus Theory and
                                  Application to the Minimization of
                                  Boolean Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . 446--456
              Edward M. Riseman   A Realization Algorithm Using
                                  Three-Input Majority Elements  . . . . . 456--462
               Gordon F. Hughes   Feed-Forward Threshold Logic Nets for
                                  Digital Switching and Pattern
                                  Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463--472
                 Zvi Kohavi and   
                Pierre Lavallee   Design of Sequential Machines with
                                  Fault-Detection Capabilities . . . . . . 473--484
        Theodore R. Bashkow and   
                Azra Sasson and   
                Arnold Kronfeld   System Design of a FORTRAN Machine . . . 485--499
            Stephen W. Leibholz   System Effectiveness as a Generalization
                                  of System Availability . . . . . . . . . 500--505
                   A. E. Krause   Tunnel Diode-Charge Storage Diode Shift
                                  Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506--507
              J. K. Hawkins and   
                   C. J. Munsey   Parallel Logic with Charge Storage
                                  Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507--508
                   W. S. Meisel   A Note on Internal State Minimization in
                                  Incompletely Specified Sequential
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508--509
        Stanley U. Robinson and   
                Robert W. House   Gimpel's Reduction Technique Extended to
                                  the Covering Problem with Costs  . . . . 509--514
                 Monroe Newborn   Note on Binary Input-Binary Output
                                  Finite-Memory Sequential Machines  . . . 514--514
                 Alfred G. Ratz   Analog Computation of Fourier Series and
                                  Integrals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515--515
                  Lee C. Thomas   An Application of the Analog Computer to
                                  Electronic Circuit Simulation  . . . . . 515--516
                    L. G. Birta   Comment on ``Nonobservable or
                                  Noncontrollable Analog Schemes for the
                                  Solution of a Special Class of
                                  Differential Equations'' . . . . . . . . 516--517
                Angelo Marzollo   Author's Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517--517
              C. S. Wallace and   
                       O. Longe   Reading Gapless Tape . . . . . . . . . . 517--518
               Edgar H. Bristol   Compensation for Truncation Errors in
                                  Accumulative Addition Using Random
                                  Methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518--518
                Arnold L. Knoll   Comments on``A Pattern Recognition
                                  Experiment with Near-Optimum Results''
                                  and ``Pattern Classification by
                                  Iteratively Determined Linear and
                                  Piecewise Linear Discriminant
                                  Functions''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519--519
               Harold E. Maurer   A Design Procedure for Radiation
                                  Hardening Certain NOR Gate Logic
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519--522
                E. J. Mccluskey   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523--525
                     E. Manning   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526--530
                     C. R. Kime   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 531--543
                   J. K. Munson   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544--547
                  H. K. Knudsen   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547--547
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 547--b

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-16, Number 5, October, 1967

                     J. Andrews   Editor's Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . 549--549
                  R. Pasqualini   Foreword to Special Issue on Aerospace
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550--550
              Ronald Pasqualini   Design Considerations for a Parallel
                                  Bit-Organized MOS Memory . . . . . . . . 551--557
                 Earl C. Joseph   Impact of Large Scale Integration on
                                  Aerospace Computers  . . . . . . . . . . 558--561
               Saul Y. Levy and   
         Robert J. Linhardt and   
            Henry S. Miller and   
               Robert D. Sidnam   System Utilization of Large-Scale
                                  Integration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562--566
               J. Paul Roth and   
       Willard G. Bouricius and   
             Peter R. Schneider   Programmed Algorithms to Compute Tests
                                  to Detect and Distinguish Between
                                  Failures in Logic Circuits . . . . . . . 567--580
           Donald L. Peeler and   
           Paul H. Meredith and   
          Louis M. Richards and   
             Christian O. Clark   Automatic Checkout Systems for Titan III
                                  and Apollo Guidance Computer Programs    580--590
         Joseph M. Hannigan and   
             Charles G. Masters   Redundant System Test Point Allocation
                                  and Mission Reliability Estimation
                                  Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591--596
                Edwin H. Miller   Reliability Aspects of the Variable
                                  Instruction Computer . . . . . . . . . . 596--602
                 Howard Handler   Monte Carlo Solution of Partial
                                  Differential Equations Using a Hybrid
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603--610
               Eugenio Morreale   Partitioned List Algorithms for Prime
                                  Implicant Determination from Canonical
                                  Forms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611--620
              Robert J. Lechner   A Correspondence Between Equivalence
                                  Classes of Switching Functions and Group
                                  Codes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621--624
                 Roy D. Merrill   Symmetric Ternary Switching Functions:
                                  Their Detection and Realization with
                                  Threshold Logic  . . . . . . . . . . . . 624--637
       Larry Joel Goldstein and   
            Stephen W. Leibholz   On the Synthesis of Signal Switching
                                  Networks with Transient Blocking . . . . 637--641
                    Woo F. Chow   Plated Wire Content-Addressable Memories
                                  with Bit-Steering Technique  . . . . . . 642--652
         Igor T. Hawryszkiewycz   Microprogrammed Control in
                                  Problem-Oriented Languages . . . . . . . 652--658
            A. Frederick Rosene   Memory Allocation for Multiprocessors    659--665
                Takeo Miura and   
                Junji Tsuda and   
                    Junzo Iwata   Hybrid Computer Solution of Optimal
                                  Control Problems by the Maximum
                                  Principle  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666--670
                     K. C. Wang   Graphs of Linear Forms on Modules over
                                  Boolean Rings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670--671
                    S. Even and   
                  I. Kohavi and   
                         A. Paz   On Minimal Modulo $2$ Sums of Products
                                  for Switching Functions  . . . . . . . . 671--674
                  Frank Hadlock   On Finding a Minimal Set of Diagnostic
                                  Tests  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674--675
                    V. Amar and   
                  N. Condulmari   Diagnosis of Large Combinational
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675--680
               William H. Kautz   A Cellular Threshold Array . . . . . . . 680--682
                 W. M. McKeeman   Representation Error for Real Numbers in
                                  Binary Computer Arithmetic . . . . . . . 682--683
                 Neville M. Dor   Guide to the Length of Buffer Storage
                                  Required for Random (Poisson) Input and
                                  Constant Output Rates  . . . . . . . . . 683--684
                M. R. Aaron and   
                    S. K. Mitra   A Note on the Design of
                                  Digital-to-Analog Converters . . . . . . 685--686
           Donald R. Haring and   
             Alfred K. Susskind   On Realizations of Synchronous
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 686--687
                   N. N. Necula   A Numerical Procedure for Determination
                                  of the Prime Implicants of a Boolean
                                  Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687--689
            Michael A. Harrison   A Remark on Determining the Number of
                                  States of a Sequential Machine . . . . . 689--690
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690--694
                  C. V. Freiman   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 695--705
                      B. Widrow   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706--709
                    H. S. Stone   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709--709
                 J. E. Hopcroft   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710--716
                 M. E. Connelly   R67-57 Circle Test Evaluation of a
                                  Method of Compensating Hybrid Computing
                                  Error by Predicted Integral  . . . . . . 713--714
                  R. J. A. Paul   R67-58 Hybrid Computers in the Analysis
                                  of Feedback Control Systems  . . . . . . 714--714
                     E. Tammaru   R67-59 The Analogue Computer Simulation
                                  of an Alloy Junction Transistor Wide
                                  Band Equivalent Circuit  . . . . . . . . 714--715
                   B. E. Howard   R67-61 APE II --- A Modem Analog/Hybrid
                                  Computer for Laboratory Instruction  . . 715--715
                       J. Vidal   R67-60 ADAC-A Programmed Direct Analog
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715--715
                 T. W. Connolly   R67-62 Analog and Digital Computation of
                                  Fourier Series and Integrals . . . . . . 715--716
                     G. A. Korn   R67-63 Stochastic Computing  . . . . . . 716--716
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 716--a

IEEE Transactions on Electronic Computers
Volume EC-16, Number 6, December, 1967

               J. W. Golten and   
                     David Rees   The Use of Hybrid Computing in the
                                  Analysis of Steel Rolling  . . . . . . . 717--722
            Thomas F. Dwyer and   
               Rabah Shahbender   Device Applications of Charge Rectifiers 723--731
                Arnold L. Knoll   Spectrum Analysis of Digital Magnetic
                                  Recording Waveforms  . . . . . . . . . . 732--743
                      Ivor Catt   Crosstalk (Noise) in Digital Systems . . 743--763
            Wilhelm Anacker and   
                  Chu Ping Wang   Performance Evaluation of Computing
                                  Systems with Memory Hierarchies  . . . . 764--773
                 Gordon A. Rose   ``Intergraphic,'' A Microprogrammed
                                  Graphical-Interface Computer . . . . . . 773--784
            Herbert Freeman and   
            Philippe P. Loutrel   An Algorithm for the Solution of the
                                  Two-Dimensional ``Hidden-Line'' Problem  784--790
                King-Sun Fu and   
                Y. T. Chien and   
             Gerald P. Cardillo   A Dynamic Programming Approach to
                                  Sequential Pattern Recognition . . . . . 790--803
        Donald L. Dietmeyer and   
             Peter R. Schneider   Identification of Symmetry, Redundancy
                                  and Equivalence of Boolean Functions . . 804--817
           James K. Brousil and   
                 David R. Smith   A Threshold Logic Network for Shape
                                  Invariance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818--828
           Donald R. Haring and   
            Richard J. Diephuis   A Realization Procedure for
                                  Multithreshold Threshold Elements  . . . 828--835
               Peter Weiner and   
                Edward J. Smith   Optimization of Reduced Dependencies for
                                  Synchronous Sequential Machines  . . . . 835--847
        Franco P. Preparata and   
               Gernot Metze and   
                Robert T. Chien   On the Connection Assignment Problem of
                                  Diagnosable Systems  . . . . . . . . . . 848--854
            Herbert C. Ratz and   
               J. V. Hildebrand   Modified Pseudorandom Number Generators  854--856
          Gabriel F. Groner and   
              J. F. Heafner and   
                 T. W. Robinson   On-Line Computer Classification of
                                  Handprinted Chinese Characters as a
                                  Translation Aid  . . . . . . . . . . . . 856--860
                  E. R. Ide and   
                 Cyril J. Tunis   An Experimental Investigation of a
                                  Nonsupervised Adaptive Algorithm . . . . 860--864
                Herbert Freeman   Calculation of Mean Shift for a Binary
                                  Multiplier Using $2$, $3$, or $4$ Bits
                                  at a Time  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864--866
                   Andrew Gabor   Adaptive Coding for Self-Clocking
                                  Recording  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866--868
                C. L. Sheng and   
                      H. R. Hwa   Testing and Realization of Threshold
                                  Functions with Don't Cares . . . . . . . 868--870
         Charles L. Jackson and   
             Robert A. Ankerlin   A Rapid Method for the Identification of
                                  the Type of a Four-Variable Boolean
                                  Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870--871
                    R. F. Henry   Random Noise Generation by Hybrid
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 872--873
                     B. Raphael   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873--876
                  R. H. Canaday   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 877--880
                   W. S. Topham   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 881--893
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 881--912
                 R. C. Wingrove   Annual Cumulative Subject Index  . . . . 893--910
               H. F. Meissinger   Annual Cumulative Author Index . . . . . 910--912
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 912--u
                      Anonymous   1967 Index IEEE Transactions on
                                  Electronic Computers Vol. EC-16  . . . . 912--a-912--t
                  W. J. Karplus   1967 Index IEEE Transactions on
                                  Electronic Computers Vol. EC-16  . . . . 913--932


IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-17, Number 1, January, 1968

                      Anonymous   Editor's Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--1
                Joel N. Sturman   An Iteratively Structured
                                  General-Purpose Digital Computer . . . . 2--9
                Joel N. Sturman   Asynchronous Operation of an Iteratively
                                  Structured General-Purpose Digital
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10--17
       Janusz A. Brzozowski and   
                  Shanker Singh   Definite Asynchronous Sequential
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18--26
       Florin Stuanciulescu and   
   Mihai Francisc Anton Oprescu   A Mathematical Model of Finite Random
                                  Sequential Automata  . . . . . . . . . . 27--31
               Chao-Wei Mow and   
                    King-Sun Fu   An Approach for the Realization of
                                  Multithreshold Threshold Elements  . . . 32--46
               Chao-Wei Mow and   
                    King-Sun Fu   Input Tolerance Considerations for
                                  Multithreshold Threshold Elements  . . . 46--54
                   K. H. Konkle   An Analog Comparator as a Pseudo-Light
                                  Pen for Computer Displays  . . . . . . . 54--55
            Michael A. Harrison   On Equivalence of State Assignments  . . 55--57
               Chao-Wei Mow and   
                    King-Sun Fu   Generation of Self-Dual and
                                  Self-Complementary Dual Functions  . . . 57--66
                  Michael Yoeli   Ternary Cellular Cascades  . . . . . . . 66--67
              Monroe M. Newborn   Maximal Memory Binary Input-Binary
                                  Output Finite-Memory Sequential Machines 67--71
                 David R. Smith   A Partitioning Method for Combinational
                                  Synthesis  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72--75
               Robert O. Winder   Symmetry Types in Threshold Logic  . . . 75--78
              John R. Smith and   
              Cyrus O. Harbourt   An Adaptive Threshold Logic Gate Using
                                  Capacitive Analog Weights  . . . . . . . 78--81
                R. J. Leake and   
                  H. L. Althaus   DDA Scaling Graph  . . . . . . . . . . . 81--84
                 K. C. Knowlton   A Combination Hardware-Software
                                  Debugging System . . . . . . . . . . . . 84--86
                  E. G. Coffman   A Simple Probability Model Yielding
                                  Performance Bounds for Modular Memory
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86--89
               J. P. Seddon and   
                  R. A. Johnson   The Simulation of Variable Delay . . . . 89--94
                   W. F. Cutlip   On the Cascade Decomposition of Prefix
                                  Automata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94--95
                 Suresh Chander   On Dolotta--McCluskey Technique  . . . . 95--95
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95--96
                      Anonymous   Reviews of Books and Papers in the
                                  Computer Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--98
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 99--108
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108--112
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112--112

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-17, Number 2, February, 1968

          E. J. Angelo, Jr. and   
                   J. Logan and   
                  K. W. Sussman   The Separation Technique: A Method for
                                  Simulating Transistors to Aid Integrated
                                  Circuit Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--116
            P. R. Schneider and   
                D. L. Dietmeyer   An Algorithm for Synthesis of
                                  Multiple-Output Combinational Logic  . . 117--128
            D. B. Armstrong and   
             A. D. Friedman and   
                    P. R. Menon   Realization of Asynchronous Sequential
                                  Circuits Without Inserted Delay Elements 129--134
               S. B. Akers, Jr.   On Maximum Inversion with Minimum
                                  Inverters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134--135
                     D. Ferrari   Fast Carry-Propagation Iterative
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136--145
                    S. H. Unger   A Row Assignment for Delay-Free
                                  Realizations of Flow Tables Without
                                  Essential Hazards  . . . . . . . . . . . 146--151
                   R. H. Urbano   Structure and Function in Polyfunctional
                                  Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152--173
                   T. J. McAvoy   Least-Square Dead-Time Approximations    174--178
                  W. G. Wee and   
                       K. S. Fu   An Adaptive Procedure for Multiclass
                                  Pattern Classification . . . . . . . . . 178--182
                C. M. Allen and   
                   D. D. Givone   A Minimization Technique for
                                  Multiple-Valued Logic Systems  . . . . . 182--184
                  P. Weiner and   
                    T. F. Dwyer   Discussion of Some Flaws in the
                                  Classical Theory of Two-Level
                                  Minimization of Multiple-Output
                                  Switching Networks . . . . . . . . . . . 184--186
                      Anonymous   SAHYB-2: A Continuous System Simulation
                                  Language Compatible with FORTRAN-IV  . . 187--188
                  V. Azgapetian   Comment on ``An Analog Photoresistive
                                  Multiplier'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188--188
                 M. E. Connelly   Author's Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188--188
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189--190
                    D. L. Epley   R68-5 Models of Computational
                                  Systems-Cyclic to Acyclic Graph
                                  Transformations  . . . . . . . . . . . . 191--192
                    B. C. Biega   R68-7 Analog Simulation of Ferroresonant
                                  System Including Analysis of Hysteresis
                                  Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192--192
                  J. C. Strauss   R68-6 Regression Analysis and Parameter
                                  Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192--192
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 193--204
                      Anonymous   Information For Authors  . . . . . . . . 204--a

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-17, Number 3, March, 1968

                   C. H. Thomas   Transport Time-Delay Simulation for
                                  Transmission Line Representation . . . . 205--214
                  S. Yajima and   
                     T. Ibaraki   A Theory of Completely Monotonic
                                  Functions and its Applications to
                                  Threshold Logic  . . . . . . . . . . . . 214--229
                     A. Paz and   
                       B. Peleg   On Concatenative Decompositions of
                                  Regular Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229--237
                 A. B. Howe and   
                   C. L. Coates   Logic Hazards in Threshold Networks  . . 238--251
                   H. A. Curtis   Polylinear Sequential Circuit
                                  Realizations of Finite Automata  . . . . 251--259
                  B. M. Epstein   A $48$-Channel PCM Tape Data-Acquisition
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259--267
             W. T. Marquitz and   
                       Y. Tokad   On Improving the Analog Computer
                                  Solutions of Linear Systems  . . . . . . 268--270
                    K. Doty and   
                       H. Frank   A Theorem on Linearity . . . . . . . . . 270--272
              S. R. Petrick and   
                 G. C. Sethares   On the Determination of Complete Sets of
                                  Logical Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . 273--273
             M. A. Fischler and   
                  M. Tannenbaum   Assumptions in the Threshold Synthesis
                                  of Symmetric Switching Functions . . . . 273--279
                P. K. Sinha Roy   A Slide Rule Device for Checking
                                  $2$-Summability  . . . . . . . . . . . . 279--283
                   J. Kella and   
                       A. Shani   On the Reversibility of Computations in
                                  a Digital Differential Analyzer  . . . . 283--284
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 285--297
                R. E. Keirstead   R68-8 Language Directed Computer Design  298--298
                   L. C. Thomas   R68-9 A Computer Simulation of
                                  Electrical Loss and Loading Effect in
                                  Magnetic Recording . . . . . . . . . . . 298--300
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 300--a

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-17, Number 4, April, 1968

                   R. A. Manske   Computor Simulation of Narrowband
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301--308
                   D. R. Haring   On Shift-Register Realizations of
                                  Sequential Machines and Finite-State
                                  Universal Sequential Machines  . . . . . 309--312
                   C. C. Su and   
                      S. S. Yau   Unitary Shift-Register Realizations of
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 312--324
                C. M. Ablow and   
                   M. Yoeli and   
                      J. Turner   Irreducible Decompositions of
                                  Transformation Graphs by Assignment
                                  Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325--329
               J. L. Massey and   
                     M. K. Sain   Inverses of Linear Sequential Circuits   330--337
                  S. Yajima and   
                     T. Ibaraki   Realization of Arbitrary Logic Functions
                                  by Completely Monotonic Functions and
                                  Its Applications to Threshold Logic  . . 338--351
                    W. H. Kautz   Fault Testing and Diagnosis in
                                  Combinational Digital Circuits . . . . . 352--366
                    F. W. Smith   Pattern Classifier Design by Linear
                                  Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367--372
                     H. Andrews   A High-Speed Algorithm for the Computer
                                  Generation of Fourier Transforms . . . . 373--375
                    S. J. Kahne   Sensitivity-Function Calculation in
                                  Linear Systems Using Time-Shared Analog
                                  Integration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375--379
                  A. Nathan and   
                      J. Molcho   Improved Voltage Selector and Cascade
                                  Multiplier Circuits  . . . . . . . . . . 380--382
                 S. B. Matthews   Generation of Pseudorandom Noise Having
                                  a Gaussian Spectral Density  . . . . . . 382--385
                     J. V. Wait   Correction to ``State-Space Methods for
                                  Designing Digital Simulations of
                                  Continuous Fixed Linear Systems''  . . . 385--385
                  S. Yajima and   
                 T. Ibaraki and   
                      I. Kawano   On Autonomous Logic Nets of Threshold
                                  Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385--391
                  S. S. Yau and   
                  D. L. Ostapko   Realization of a Class of Switching
                                  Functions by Threshold-Logic Networks    391--399
               J. H. Munson and   
                 R. O. Duda and   
                     P. E. Hart   Experiments with Highleyman's Data . . . 399--401
                    J. L. Douce   Comment on ``Computation of Time-Phase
                                  Displacements of Binary Linear Sequence
                                  Generators'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402--402
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403--404
                     D. W. Fife   R68-10 SODAS and a Methodology for
                                  System Design  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405--405
                    H. C. Lauer   R68-11 Intercommunication of Processors
                                  and Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405--406
                  N. R. Nielsen   R68-12 An Experimental Model of
                                  System/360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406--407
               G. D. Hornbuckle   R68-13 An Introduction to Computer
                                  Graphic Terminals  . . . . . . . . . . . 407--407
                     F. G. Curl   R68-14 Microprogrammed Control in
                                  Problem-Oriented Languages . . . . . . . 407--408
                  E. E. Markson   R68-15 Trajectory Computation by a
                                  Hybrid Computer for the Apollo Midcourse
                                  Abort Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . 408--408
                D. T. Greenwood   R68-16 A Mathematical Model for the
                                  Investigation of Three-Dimensional
                                  Fields with Asymmetric Boundaries  . . . 409--409
                  C. F. Crocker   R68-17 Synthesis of Resistive
                                  Digital-to-Analog Conversion Ladders for
                                  Arbitrary Codes with Fixed Positive
                                  Weights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409--410
                   B. R. Gaines   R68-18 Random Pulse Machines . . . . . . 410--410
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 411--420
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 420--a

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-17, Number 5, May, 1968

                    W. A. Davis   Single Shift-Register Realizations for
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 421--431
                      A. R. Meo   Modular Tree Structures  . . . . . . . . 432--442
                W. H. Kautz and   
               K. N. Levitt and   
                     A. Waksman   Cellular Interconnection Arrays  . . . . 443--451
                    T. L. Booth   Statistical Properties of Random Digital
                                  Sequences  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452--461
                    H. C. Torng   An Algorithm for Finding Secondary
                                  Assignments of Synchronous Sequential
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461--469
               J. C. Miller and   
                     C. M. Wine   A Simple Display for Characters and
                                  Graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470--475
              H. W. Lawson, Jr.   Programming-Language-Oriented
                                  Instruction Streams  . . . . . . . . . . 476--485
                  R. R. Shively   A Digital Processor to Generate Spectra
                                  in Real Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485--491
                R. G. Casey and   
                        G. Nagy   An Autonomous Reading Machine  . . . . . 492--503
                   S. R. Sedore   More Efficient Use of the $F$ Matrix in
                                  Practical Circuit Analysis Programs  . . 503--506
               M. S. Schmookler   High Speed Binary to Decimal Conversion  506--508
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509--510
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 511--519
                  G. Wiederhold   R68-19 Bulk Core in a 360/67 Time
                                  Sharing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520--520
                    J. L. Smith   R68-20 Effects of Scheduling on File
                                  Memory Applications  . . . . . . . . . . 520--521
                        M. Kato   R68-21 System Architecture for Large
                                  Scale Integration  . . . . . . . . . . . 521--521
                  T. A. Murrell   R68-22 Current Status of Large Scale
                                  Integration Technology . . . . . . . . . 521--522
                     D. J. Kuck   R68-23 The Greenblatt Chess Program  . . 522--522
                    W. M. Waite   R68-24 A Proposal for Definitions in
                                  ALGOL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522--523
                 H. A. Freedman   R68-25 An On-Line Editor . . . . . . . . 523--523
                   B. B. Barnes   R68-26 Some Techniques for Accuracy
                                  Improvement in Analog Computation  . . . 523--524
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 524--b

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-17, Number 6, June, 1968

            W. W. Wierwille and   
                   J. R. Knight   Off-Line Correlation Analysis of
                                  Nonstationary Signals  . . . . . . . . . 525--536
                   R. O. McCary   An Approximation to the Asymmetric
                                  Strip-Line Coupling Coefficient  . . . . 537--542
             R. M. G. Wijnhoven   A Simple High-Speed Magnetic Access
                                  Switch Matrix  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542--550
                    D. L. Greer   Characterization of the Magnetic
                                  Second-Harmonic Analog Memory  . . . . . 551--558
             A. D. Friedman and   
                    P. R. Menon   Synthesis of Asynchronous Sequential
                                  Circuits with Multiple-Input Changes . . 559--566
       J. D. Bargainer, Jr. and   
                   C. L. Coates   Minimal Multiplexed Threshold Gate
                                  Realizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566--578
                D. L. Dietmeyer   Bounds on the Period of Oscillatory
                                  Activity in Randomly Interconnected
                                  Networks of Neuron-Like Elements . . . . 578--591
                      V. Dvorak   A Two-Rail Cascade Synthesis of Boolean
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592--596
                 R. C. Born and   
                 A. K. Scidmore   Transformation of Switching Functions to
                                  Completely Symmetric Switching Functions 596--599
                         N. Deo   Generalized Parallel Redundancy in
                                  Digital Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . 600--600
              E. G. Coffman and   
                 A. C. McKellar   On the Motion of an Unbounded, Markov
                                  Queue in Random Access Storage . . . . . 600--603
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604--605
                      A. V. Aho   R68-27 Programming Languages for
                                  Automata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606--606
                       D. Darms   R68-29 Hydro System Optimization Model   607--607
                 W. M. McKeeman   R68-28 A Microprogrammed Implementation
                                  of EULER on IBM System/360 Model 30  . . 607--607
                   W. D. Little   R68-30 Monte Carlo Solution of Partial
                                  Differential Equations Using a Hybrid
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607--608
                      R. Gleman   R68-31 The Effect of Digital
                                  Compensation for Computation Delay in a
                                  Hybrid Loop  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608--608
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 609--620
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 620--b

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-17, Number 7, July, 1968

               H. E. Maurer and   
                    R. C. Ricci   Horizons in Guidance Computer Component
                                  Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621--634
                  J. K. Russell   A Visual Image Processor . . . . . . . . 635--639
                     K. A. Chen   Computer Aided Memory Design Using
                                  Transmission Line Models . . . . . . . . 640--648
                F. P. Preparata   Convolutional Transformation and
                                  Recovery of Binary Sequences . . . . . . 649--655
                   W. S. Meisel   Variable-Threshold Threshold Elements    656--667
                   W. S. Meisel   Nets of Variable-Threshold Threshold
                                  Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667--676
         F. F. Sellers, Jr. and   
                M. Y. Hsiao and   
                 L. W. Bearnson   Analyzing Errors with the Boolean
                                  Difference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676--683
              S. P. Colussi and   
               G. V. Pallottino   An Approach to Optimum Tolerance
                                  Adaptive Threshold Elements  . . . . . . 684--691
                    B. A. Crane   Path Finding with Associative Memory . . 691--693
                    S. Winograd   A New Algorithm for Inner Product  . . . 693--694
                E. L. Renschler   A Variable Counter Design Technique  . . 694--696
                      E. Levine   On the Characterizing Parameters of a
                                  Threshold Function . . . . . . . . . . . 696--697
                  M. M. Newborn   A Synthesis Technique for Binary
                                  Input-Binary Output Synchronous
                                  Sequential Moore Machines  . . . . . . . 697--699
                      Anonymous   Two Complete Axiom Systems for the
                                  Extended Language of Regular Expressions 700--701
                  Sureshchander   Comments on ``RST Flip-Flop Input
                                  Equations''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701--702
                   K. A. Foster   Comments on ``Basic Properties and a
                                  Construction Method for Fail-Safe
                                  Logical Systems''  . . . . . . . . . . . 702--702
                    H. Mine and   
                        Y. Koga   Authors' Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702--702
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703--704
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 705--717
                      O. Serlin   R68-32 The IADIC: A Hybrid Computing
                                  Element  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718--718
                      O. Serlin   R68-33 PHENO: A New Concept of Hybrid
                                  Computing Elements . . . . . . . . . . . 718--719
               M. Y. Silberberg   R68-34 Hybrid Apollo Docking Simulation  719--719
                    E. J. Copes   R68-35 Optimal Generation of Arbitrary
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719--720
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 720--a

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-17, Number 8, August, 1968

                C. A. David and   
                     B. Feldman   High-Speed Fixed Memories Using
                                  Large-Scale Integrated Resistor Matrices 721--728
                   G. N. Wassel   Multiple Reflections from RC Loading of
                                  Pulse-Signal Transmission Lines  . . . . 729--737
                      J. Harley   The Linear Transformer Tree  . . . . . . 738--746
               G. H. Barnes and   
                R. M. Brown and   
                    M. Kato and   
                 D. J. Kuck and   
             D. L. Slotnick and   
                   R. A. Stokes   The ILLIAC IV Computer . . . . . . . . . 746--757
                     D. J. Kuck   ILLIAC IV Software and Application
                                  Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758--770
                   N. N. Necula   An Algorithm for the Automatic
                                  Approximate Minimization of Boolean
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770--782
       K. L. Suryanarayanan and   
                  A. C. Soudack   Analog Computer Automatic Parameter
                                  Optimization of Nonlinear Control
                                  Systems with Specific Inputs . . . . . . 782--788
                   C. C. Foster   Determination of Priority in Associative
                                  Memories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788--789
             G. P. Cardillo and   
                    King-Sun Fu   On Suboptimal Sequential Pattern
                                  Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789--792
                  I. Kohavi and   
                      Z. Kohavi   Variable-Length Distinguishing Sequences
                                  and Their Application to the Design of
                                  Fault-Detection Experiments  . . . . . . 792--795
                     A. Bouchet   An Algebraic Method for Minimizing the
                                  Number of States in an Incomplete
                                  Sequential Machine . . . . . . . . . . . 795--798
                      Anonymous   A Light Pen for Remote Time-Shared
                                  Graphic Consoles . . . . . . . . . . . . 799--802
                    F. M. Brown   The Origin of the Method of Iterated
                                  Consensus  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802--802
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803--804
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 805--817
                  R. M. Mcclure   R68-36 Dataless Programming  . . . . . . 818--818
                      I. Flores   R68-37 Intercommunication of Processors
                                  and Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 818--819
                 S. P. Bingulac   R68-38 Accurate Analog Computer
                                  Generation of Bessel Functions for Large
                                  Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819--819
                    A. I. Rubin   R68-39 Simulation of the Transfer
                                  Function of a Crustacean Muscle Bundle   819--820
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 820--a

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-17, Number 9, September, 1968

                      Anonymous   Editor's Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . 821--821
                      Y. T. Yen   A Mathematical Model Characterizing
                                  Four-Phase MOS Circuits for Logic
                                  Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822--826
                  Tsai Hwa Chen   The Use of Delay Lines in Reading a
                                  Manchester Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . 827--845
                   T. R. N. Rao   Error-Checking Logic for Arithmetic-Type
                                  Operations of a Processor  . . . . . . . 845--849
                J. R. Duley and   
                D. L. Dietmeyer   A Digital System Design Language (DDL)   850--861
                  S. S. Yau and   
                J. M. Schumpert   Design of Pattern Classifiers with the
                                  Updating Property Using Stochastic
                                  Approximation Techniques . . . . . . . . 861--872
                     M. Perlman   The Synthesis of Binary Sequence
                                  Detectors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873--880
                   E. Kellerman   A Formula for Logical Network Cost . . . 881--884
                     J. Beister   On the Implementation of
                                  Failure-Tolerant Counters  . . . . . . . 885--886
                      Chin Tung   A Division Algorithm for Signed-Digit
                                  Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887--889
                  R. L. Gamblin   An Analysis of High-Speed,
                                  Linear-Passive Binary, Read-Only Stores  889--893
              R. L. Gamblin and   
                    C. J. Tunis   A High-Speed Threshold Memory Element    893--894
         Celso de Renna e Souza   A Note on Embedding Nonlinear Machines   894--896
                   M. C. Y. Kuo   Solution of Nonlinear Equations  . . . . 897--898
                    J. S. Rosko   Comments on ``Hybrid Computer Solution
                                  of Optimal Control Problems by the
                                  Maximum Principle''  . . . . . . . . . . 899--899
                P. K. Sinha Roy   Further Comments on ``Synthesis of
                                  Symmetric Switching Functions Using
                                  Threshold Logic Networks'' . . . . . . . 899--900
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901--902
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 903--921
                  C. C. Carroll   R68-40 Sequential Machines and Automata
                                  Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 922--923
                  J. H. Saltzer   R68-41 Development of Executive
                                  Routines, Both Hardware and Software . . 923--924
                 B. F. Char and   
                    C. S. Wells   R68-42 On Designing Generalized File
                                  Records for Management Information
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924--924
                  J. C. Strauss   R68-43 Two Continuous System Modelling
                                  Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924--924
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 924--a

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-17, Number 10, October, 1968

                   D. E. Atkins   Higher-radix division using estimates of
                                  the divisor and partial remainders . . . 925--934
                    M. Y. Hsiao   Single-Channel Error Correction in an
                                  $f$-Channel System . . . . . . . . . . . 935--943
               J. L. Shanks and   
                   T. W. Cairns   Use of a Digital Convolution Device to
                                  Perform Recursive Filtering and the
                                  Cooley--Tukey Algorithm  . . . . . . . . 943--949
              E. A. Patrick and   
             D. R. Anderson and   
                  F. K. Bechtel   Mapping Multidimensional Space to One
                                  Dimension for Computer Output Display    949--953
              D. L. Johnson and   
                  K. H. O'Keefe   The Application of Shift Registers to
                                  Secondary State Assignment: Part I . . . 954--965
              D. L. Johnson and   
                  K. H. O'Keefe   The Application of Shift Registers to
                                  Secondary State Assignment: Part II  . . 966--977
                   N. N. Necula   An Algorithm for Multithreshold
                                  Threshold Element Synthesis  . . . . . . 978--985
                   L. K. Wadhwa   Simulation of Nonquiescent Third-Order
                                  Systems by a Single Operational
                                  Amplifier  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986--987
                   Chi-Hau Chen   Computer Processing of Radiation Sensor
                                  PCM Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987--989
              H. D. Goldman and   
                         J. Rom   Considering Solder Connections, Does
                                  Triplicated Majority Voting Apply to
                                  Integrated Circuits  . . . . . . . . . . 990--992
                N. Kouvaras and   
              D. Lagoyannis and   
               L. Ponticopoulos   A Digital System of Simultaneous
                                  Addition of Several Binary Numbers . . . 992--997
                   D. R. Haring   A Technique for Improving the
                                  Reliability of Certain Classes of
                                  Threshold Elements . . . . . . . . . . . 997--998
                      Anonymous   A Capacitor-IGFET Digital-to-Analog
                                  Converter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999--1000
                      Anonymous   Variable-Radix Counters Based on
                                  Feedback Shift-Registers . . . . . . . . 1000--1002
         Celso de Renna e Souza   R 68-44 Mathematical Logic . . . . . . . 1003--1003
                  W. A. Farrand   R68-45 Electrically Alterable Digital
                                  Differential Analyzer  . . . . . . . . . 1004--1004
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 1005--1024
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 1024--a

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-17, Number 11, November, 1968

                      Anonymous   Editor's Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025--1025
                      Anonymous   Announcement Transactions Available in
                                  Microfiche Form  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026--1026
                F. A. Russo and   
                    R. J. Valek   Process Performance Computer for
                                  Adaptive Control Systems . . . . . . . . 1027--1037
             R. H. Mitchell and   
                T. Williams and   
                     W. D. Ryan   A Delay Line and Logic Circuits
                                  Utilizing Charge-Storage Subharmonic
                                  Parametric Oscillators . . . . . . . . . 1037--1043
                   G. B. Gerace   Digital System Design Automation-A
                                  Method for Designing a Digital System as
                                  a Sequential Network System  . . . . . . 1044--1061
                      S. Waaben   High-Speed, Interlaced WRITE and
                                  READ-Only Operation of a Plated-Wire
                                  Memory System  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062--1065
                      A. Sasaki   The Basis for Implementation of Additive
                                  Operations in the Residue Number System  1066--1073
                   G. Fantauzzi   NORNAND Maitra Cascades  . . . . . . . . 1074--1080
                   Yao Tung Yen   Some Theoretical Properties of
                                  Multithreshold Realizable Functions  . . 1081--1088
                    A. W. Small   Partitions and Edge-Weighted Pair-Graphs 1089--1089
                   M. G. Harman   An Attempt to Design an Improved
                                  Multiplication System  . . . . . . . . . 1090--1090
             E. S. Davidson and   
                       G. Metze   Comments on ``An Algorithm for Synthesis
                                  of Multiple-Output Combinational Logic'' 1091--1092
         E. G. Coffman, Jr. and   
               M. S. Schmookler   A Random-Walk Model of a Queue Storage
                                  Problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093--1095
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096--1097
                      J. Earley   R68-46 Use of Transition Matrices in
                                  Compiling  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098--1098
                     D. W. Fife   R68-47 Computer Scheduling Methods and
                                  Their Countermeasures  . . . . . . . . . 1098--1099
                    W. C. McGee   R68-49 Virtual Memory Processes and
                                  Sharing in Multics . . . . . . . . . . . 1099--1099
                   W. M. Newman   R68-48 A Multiprogramming Monitor for
                                  Small Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099--1099
                  C. L. Jackson   R68-50 Multiprogramming System
                                  Performance Measurement and Analysis . . 1100--1100
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 1101--1120
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 1120--a

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-17, Number 12, December, 1968

                   W. Giloi and   
                       H. Grebe   Construction of Multistep Integration
                                  Formulas for Simulation Purposes . . . . 1121--1131
             G. G. Langdon, Jr.   Analysis of Asynchronous Circuits Under
                                  Different Delay Assumptions  . . . . . . 1131--1143
               L. Hellerman and   
                  G. E. Hoernes   Control Storage Use in Implementing an
                                  Associative Memory for a Time-Shared
                                  Processor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1144--1151
             J. E. Gaffney, Jr.   Sequential Decision-Making Device for
                                  Information-Processing Applications  . . 1151--1156
                      W. G. Wee   Generalized Inverse Approach to Adaptive
                                  Multiclass Pattern Classification  . . . 1157--1164
                   J. A. Cadzow   Synthesis of Nonlinear Decision
                                  Boundaries by Cascaded Threshold Gates   1165--1172
                  M. Silverberg   Near-Optimal Ordering of Electronic
                                  Circuit Equations  . . . . . . . . . . . 1173--1174
                  H. Arango and   
                  J. Santos and   
                      A. Chacur   Ternary Cyclo-Decompositions . . . . . . 1175--1176
                      Anonymous   Realization of Sequential Machines . . . 1177--1177
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1178--1179
                    G. Hannauer   R68-51 The Design of an Automatic
                                  Patching System  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179--1181
                       C. Wells   R68-52 The Structure of the
                                  ``The''-Multiprogramming System  . . . . 1181--1181
               W. R. Sutherland   R68-53 A System for Interactive
                                  Graphical Programming  . . . . . . . . . 1181--1182
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 1183--1230
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 1230--c


IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-18, Number 1, January, 1969

                     G. G. Hays   Computer-Aided Design: Simulation of
                                  Digital Design Logic . . . . . . . . . . 1--10
            D. L. Dietmeyer and   
                  Yueh-Hsung Su   Logic Design Automation of Fan-In
                                  Limited NAND Networks  . . . . . . . . . 11--22
                 D. C. Dorrough   A Methodical Approach to Analyzing and
                                  Synthesizing a Self-Repairing Computer   22--42
                    D. J. Lynes   High-Speed DC Coupled Digit Detector . . 43--47
               E. L. Lawler and   
               K. N. Levitt and   
                      J. Turner   Module Clustering to Minimize Delay in
                                  Digital Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . 47--57
              Yueh-Hsung Su and   
                D. L. Dietmeyer   Computer Reduction of Two-Level,
                                  Multiple-Output Switching Circuits . . . 58--63
               J. E. Shemer and   
                    S. C. Gupta   A Simplified Analysis of Processor
                                  ``Look-Ahead'' and Simultaneous
                                  Operation of a Multi-Module Main Memory  64--71
                  P. M. Fenwick   Binary Multiplication with Overlapped
                                  Addition Cycles  . . . . . . . . . . . . 71--74
                      D. Fraser   Incrementing a Bit-Reversed Integer  . . 74--74
             G. G. Langdon, Jr.   Subtraction by Minuend Complementation   74--76
                         T. Ito   Note on a Class of Statistical
                                  Recognition Functions  . . . . . . . . . 76--79
                         N. Deo   Author's Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80--80
                   P. H. Giroux   Comment on ``Generalized Parallel
                                  Redundancy in Digital Computers''  . . . 80--80
                   T. A. Taebel   Comment on ``A Variable Counter Design
                                  Technique''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80--80
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81--82
                   R. D. Benham   R69-1 Transport Time-Delay Simulation
                                  for Transmission Line Representation . . 83--83
                     A. Hausner   R69-2 The Synthesis and Processing of
                                  Signals with Discontinuities in the Time
                                  Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--84
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 85--104
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 104--a

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-18, Number 2, February, 1969

                       P. Lucas   An Accumulator Chip  . . . . . . . . . . 105--114
                A. Mukhopadhyay   Unate Cellular Logic . . . . . . . . . . 114--121
                        B. Hruz   Unateness Test of a Boolean Function and
                                  Two General Synthesis Methods Using
                                  Threshold Logic Elements . . . . . . . . 122--131
               G. B. Gerace and   
                      G. Gestri   Sequential Machines with Less Delay
                                  Elements than Feedback Paths . . . . . . 132--144
                  Kung-Chi Wang   Synthesis of Linear Sequential Machines
                                  with Unspecified Outputs . . . . . . . . 145--153
                   Y. H. Chuang   Transition Logic Circuits and a
                                  Synthesis Method . . . . . . . . . . . . 154--168
                   T. J. Powell   A Procedure for Selecting Diagnostic
                                  Tests  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168--175
             O. G. Langdon, Jr.   Delay-Free Asynchronous Circuits with
                                  Constrained Line Delays  . . . . . . . . 175--181
               I. D. G. Macleod   Comments on ``A High-Speed Algorithm for
                                  the Computer Generation of Fourier
                                  Transforms'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182--182
                E. C. Ogbuobiri   Comment on ``Solution of Nonlinear
                                  Equations''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182--183
                  W. L. Whipple   Comments on ``Higher-Radix Division
                                  Using Estimates of the Divisor and
                                  Partial Remainders'' . . . . . . . . . . 183--183
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184--184
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 185--203
                  W. J. Karplus   R69-4 Quasi-Analogue Discrete Simulating
                                  Mediums  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204--204
                     G. J. Klir   R69-3 A Formula for Logical Network Cost 204--204
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 204--a

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-18, Number 3, March, 1969

                 D. H. O'herren   Radar Reflectivity Plots-Digital Method  205--211
                     A. Svoboda   Decimal Adder with Signed Digit
                                  Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212--215
           G. D. Hornbuckle and   
                    R. N. Spann   Diagnosis of Single-Gate Failures in
                                  Combinational circuits . . . . . . . . . 216--220
                K. Fukunaga and   
                    T. F. Krile   Calculation of Bayes' Recognition Error
                                  for Two Multivariate Gaussian
                                  Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220--229
                    S. Even and   
                    A. R. Meyer   Sequential Boolean Equations . . . . . . 230--240
              K. S. Menger, Jr.   A Transform for Logic Networks . . . . . 241--250
                H. S. Stone and   
                  C. L. Jackson   Structures of the Affine Families of
                                  Switching Functions  . . . . . . . . . . 251--257
               Chao-Wei Mow and   
                    King-Sun Fu   Loop-Free Threshold Element Structures   257--267
                  W. L. Whipple   Calculation of Integrated Circuit Yields 268--268
                   N. A. Farmer   A Digital Comparator for Use with
                                  Computer Displays  . . . . . . . . . . . 269--270
                   H. J. Quaife   On $(d, k, \mu)$ Graphs  . . . . . . . . 270--272
                  P. Weiner and   
                  T. A. Dolotta   Mixed Memory Type Realizations of
                                  Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 272--277
                  V. E. Vickers   Comment on ``Solution of Nonlinear
                                  Equations''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277--277
              M. B. Kermani and   
               M. H. Mickle and   
                  L. P. McNamee   Identification of Disjunctively
                                  Decomposable Logic Functions Employing a
                                  Karnaugh Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277--279
                      Anonymous   Attenuationless Voltage or Current
                                  Propagation on a Line with Ohmic Losses  280--281
                    F. C. Davis   Comment on ``A Variable Counter Design
                                  Technique''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281--281
                E. L. Renschler   Author's Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281--281
                       R. Jones   Another Comment on ``A Variable Counter
                                  Design Technique'' . . . . . . . . . . . 281--282
                E. L. Renschler   Author's Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282--284
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 285--302
                   L. Kleinrock   R69-5 The Statistics of Discrete-Event
                                  Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303--303
                   F. T. Sasaki   R69-6 Trajectory Optimization by a
                                  Direct Descent Process . . . . . . . . . 303--304
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 304--a
                      Anonymous   IEEE Transactions on Computers . . . . . c1--304--b

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-18, Number 4, April, 1969

                J. R. Duley and   
                D. L. Dietmeyer   Translation of a DDL Digital System
                                  Specification to Boolean Equations . . . 305--313
              D. K. Banerji and   
               J. A. Brzozowski   Sign Detection in Residue Number Systems 313--320
           H. D. Schnurmann and   
                      K. Maling   A Statistical Approach to the
                                  Computation of Delays in Logic Circuits  320--328
                      S. K. Das   A Method of Decision Making in Pattern
                                  Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329--333
            M. L. Dertouzos and   
              M. E. Kaliski and   
                   K. P. Polzen   On-Line Simulation of Block-Diagram
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333--342
                  P. N. Marinos   Fuzzy Logic and its Application to
                                  Switching Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . 343--348
                     S. N. Cole   Real-Time Computation by $n$-Dimensional
                                  Iterative Arrays of Finite-State
                                  Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349--365
                    A. L. Knoll   Experiments with ``Characteristic Loci''
                                  for Recognition of Handprinted
                                  Characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366--372
                   R. O. Winder   Threshold Gate Approximations Based on
                                  Chow Parameters  . . . . . . . . . . . . 372--375
            A. B. Marcovitz and   
                     C. M. Shub   An Improved Algorithm for the
                                  Simplification of Switching Functions
                                  Using Unique Identifiers on a Karnaugh
                                  Map  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376--378
                      Anonymous   Comment on ``Pattern Classification
                                  Design by Linear Programming'' . . . . . 378--379
                  D. Steinmeyer   Logarithm Function Generated by Parallel
                                  Resistors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379--381
         F. F. Sellers, Jr. and   
                M. Y. Hsiao and   
                 L. W. Bearnson   Correction to ``Analyzing Errors with
                                  the Boolean Difference'' . . . . . . . . 381--381
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382--383
                D. T. Greenwood   R69-8 Hybrid Computer Integration of
                                  Partial Differential Equations by Use of
                                  an Assumed Sum Separation of Variables   384--384
                  L. A. O'Neill   R69-7 Hybrid Simulation of Speech
                                  Waveforms Utilizing a Gaussian Wave
                                  Function Representation  . . . . . . . . 384--384
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 385--399
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 399--b
                      Anonymous   IEEE Transactions on Computers . . . . . c1--399--c

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-18, Number 5, May, 1969

              J. W. Sammon, Jr.   A Nonlinear Mapping for Data Structure
                                  Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401--409
                    W. T. Weeks   Mathematical Analysis of Ferrite Core
                                  Memory Arrays  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409--416
                 C. R. Hall and   
                    S. J. Kahne   Automated Scaling for Hybrid Computers   416--423
            N. K. Natarajan and   
                P. A. V. Thomas   A Multiaccess Associative Memory . . . . 424--428
              F. O. Hadlock and   
                   C. L. Coates   Realization of Sequential Machines with
                                  Threshold Elements . . . . . . . . . . . 428--439
                       S. Singh   Asynchronous Sequential Circuits with
                                  Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440--450
                   S. Ghosh and   
                    D. Basu and   
                A. K. Choudhury   Multigate Synthesis of General Boolean
                                  Functions by Threshold Logic Elements    451--456
                   J. L. Shanks   Computation of the Fast Walsh--Fourier
                                  Transform  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457--459
                R. M. Kline and   
                     D. F. Wann   Threshold Logic Design of Pulse-Type
                                  Sequential Networks  . . . . . . . . . . 459--465
                S. V. Dabadghao   A Method for Finding Feedback Partitions
                                  for Sequential Machines  . . . . . . . . 465--467
                 G. K. Maki and   
               J. H. Tracey and   
                 R. J. Smith II   Generation of Design Equations in
                                  Asynchronous Sequential Circuits . . . . 467--472
                      Anonymous   On Asynchronous Machines with Flip-Flops 473--473
         Celso de Renna e Souza   A Theorem on the State Reduction of
                                  Synthesized Stochastic Machines  . . . . 473--474
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475--476
                  E. O. Gilbert   R69-11 A New High Performance Computer
                                  d-c Amplifier  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477--477
                 M. A. Harrison   R69-9 Deterministic Stack Automata and
                                  the Quotient Operator  . . . . . . . . . 477--477
                    A. Wakshman   R69-10 Bounded Action Machines: Toward
                                  an Abstract Theory of Computer Structure 477--477
                    R. L. Horst   R69-12 Design Method for Digital Dead
                                  Beat Controller  . . . . . . . . . . . . 478--478
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 479--498
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 498--c
                      Anonymous   IEEE Transactions on Computers . . . . . c1--498--d

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-18, Number 6, June, 1969

                R. Vichnevetsky   Use of Functional Approximation Methods
                                  in the Computer Solution of Initial
                                  Value Partial Differential Equation
                                  Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499--512
                      P. T. Rux   A Glass Delay Line Content-Addressed
                                  Memory System  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512--520
              L. J. Koczela and   
                     G. Y. Wang   The Design of a Highly Parallel Computer
                                  Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520--529
               D. F. Martin and   
                      G. Estrin   Path Length Computations on Graph Models
                                  of Computations  . . . . . . . . . . . . 530--536
                      F. Luccio   Extending the Definition of Prime
                                  Compatibility Classes of States in
                                  Incomplete Sequential Machine Reduction  537--540
             A. D. Friedman and   
               R. L. Graham and   
                   J. D. Ullman   Universal Single Transition Time
                                  Asynchronous State Assignments . . . . . 541--547
                    F. W. Smith   Design of Multicategory Pattern
                                  Classifiers with Two-Category Classifier
                                  Design Procedures  . . . . . . . . . . . 548--551
                 R. L. Cosgriff   Multiplex Logic Circuits . . . . . . . . 552--556
             G. C. Sethares and   
                   J. N. Pierce   On the Generation of a Class of
                                  Multithreshold Functions . . . . . . . . 557--559
                     R. C. Born   Transformation of Ternary Switching
                                  Functions to Completely Symmetric
                                  Ternary Switching Functions  . . . . . . 559--560
                   R. B. McGhee   Some Aids to the Detection of Hazards in
                                  Combinational Switching Circuits . . . . 561--565
                    F. M. Brown   Comment on ``Canonical Programming of
                                  Nonlinear and Time-Varying Differential
                                  Equations''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566--566
                      M. Graham   Error Correction in Batch-Fabricated
                                  Memories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566--567
                     K. S. Hall   Modified Twisted-Ring Counter Circuit    568--568
                   M. P. Marcus   S-R-T Flip-Flop  . . . . . . . . . . . . 568--569
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570--571
                  J. Nievergelt   R69-13 Perceptrons: An Introduction to
                                  Computational Geometry . . . . . . . . . 572--572
                 M. A. Harrison   R69-14 Translator Writing Systems  . . . 572--573
                 C. W. Schisler   R69-15 Microwave Radar and Electronic
                                  Environment Simulator  . . . . . . . . . 573--573
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 574--592
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 592--c
                      Anonymous   IEEE Transactions on Computers . . . . . c1--592--d

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-18, Number 7, July, 1969

             T. D. Friedman and   
                  Sih-Chin Yang   Methods Used in an Automatic Logic
                                  Design Generator (ALERT) . . . . . . . . 593--614
       E. G. Henrichon, Jr. and   
                    King-Sun Fu   A Nonparametric Partitioning Procedure
                                  for Pattern Classification . . . . . . . 614--624
                    C. D. Weiss   The Characterization and Properties of
                                  Cascade Realizable Switching Functions   624--633
     Celso de Renna e Souza and   
               R. Jeffrey Leake   Relationships Among Distinct Models and
                                  Notions of Equivalence for Stochastic
                                  Finite-State Systems . . . . . . . . . . 633--641
                      P. Stucki   Generation of Grey Tones by Computer for
                                  Simulation of Visual Information Systems 642--643
                A. D. Hause and   
                   D. R. Weller   A Variable-Length Code for an
                                  Incremental Display System . . . . . . . 643--644
               J. E. Shemer and   
                  Someshwar and   
                       C. Gupta   On the Design of Bayesian Storage
                                  Allocation Algorithms for Paging and
                                  Segmentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644--651
                      A. Lempel   On $k$-Stable Feedback Shift Registers   652--660
                    M. Cohn and   
                        S. Even   The Design of Shift Register Generators
                                  for Finite Sequences . . . . . . . . . . 660--662
                    M. Cohn and   
                        S. Even   A Gray Code Counter  . . . . . . . . . . 662--664
                      Anonymous   On the Determination of the Maximum
                                  Compatibility Classes  . . . . . . . . . 665--665
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666--667
                     T. T. Nieh   R69-17 On Finite Automata with a
                                  Time-Variant Structure . . . . . . . . . 668--668
                    H. C. Torng   R69-16 Satisfaction of Sensitivity
                                  Requirements by Threshold Logic Elements 668--668
                 S. A. Greibach   R69-18 Multitape One-Way Nonwriting
                                  Automata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669--669
                   J. D. Ullman   R69-19 On the Elimination of Endmarkers  669--669
                  V. L. Larrowe   R69-20 An Analog Card Capacity
                                  Correlator as Applied to OCR . . . . . . 669--670
                         A. Ben   R69-21 Hybrid Assumed Mode Solution of
                                  Non-Linear Partial Differential
                                  Equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670--670
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 671--688
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 688--a
                      Anonymous   IEEE Transactions on Computers . . . . . c1--688--b

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-18, Number 8, August, 1969

                      Anonymous   Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689--689
                M. G. Smith and   
                 W. A. Notz and   
                    E. Schischa   The Questions of Systems Implementation
                                  with Large-Scale Integration . . . . . . 690--694
           J. H. Huttenhoff and   
                  R. R. Shively   Arithmetic Unit of a Computing Element
                                  in a Global, Highly Parallel Computer    695--698
                    S. A. White   Digital Adaptive-Element Building Blocks
                                  for MOS Large-Scale Integration  . . . . 699--706
                  J. O. Campeau   The Block-Oriented Computer  . . . . . . 706--718
                    W. H. Kautz   Cellular Logic-in-Memory Arrays  . . . . 719--727
                   C. W. Weller   A High-Speed Carry Circuit for Binary
                                  Adders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728--732
                 M. J. E. Golay   Hexagonal Parallel Pattern
                                  Transformations  . . . . . . . . . . . . 733--740
                A. Dunworth and   
                    J. I. Roche   The Error Characteristics of the Binary
                                  Rate Multiplier  . . . . . . . . . . . . 741--745
                  H. M. Aus and   
                     G. A. Korn   Table-Lookup/Interpolation Function
                                  Generation for Fixed-Point Digital
                                  Computations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745--749
                J. L. Douce and   
                    T. J. Healy   Evaluation of the Amplitude Distribution
                                  of Quasi-Gaussian Signals Obtained From
                                  Pseudorandom Noise . . . . . . . . . . . 749--752
               W. S. Meisel and   
                   R. S. Kashef   Hazards in Asynchronous Sequential
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752--759
                    T. F. Dwyer   Comments on ``Fault Testing and
                                  Diagnosis in Combinational Digital
                                  Circuits'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760--760
                    W. H. Kautz   Author's Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760--760
             G. G. Langdom, Jr.   Correction to ``Subtraction by Minuend
                                  Complementation''  . . . . . . . . . . . 760--760
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761--762
                      B. Elspas   R69-22 Computation over Galois Fields
                                  Using Shiftregisters . . . . . . . . . . 763--763
                 S. A. Greibach   R69-23 The Reduction of Tape Reversals
                                  for Off-Line One-Tape Turing Machines    763--763
                A. Mukhopadhyay   R69-24 Universal Logic Circuits and
                                  Their Modular Realizations . . . . . . . 763--764
                        J. Kopf   R69-25 A System Organization for
                                  Resource Allocation  . . . . . . . . . . 764--764
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 765--783
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 783--b
                      Anonymous   T. F. Dwyer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760--760
                      Anonymous   IEEE Transactions on Computers . . . . . c1--783--c

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-18, Number 9, September, 1969

                      Anonymous   Editor's Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . 785--785
                  Shu-Kwan Chan   The Serial Solution of the Diffusion
                                  Equation Using Nonstandard Hybrid
                                  Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786--799
                    R. L. Davis   The ILLIAC IV Processing Element . . . . 800--816
                   S. Cohen and   
                   R. O. Winder   Threshold Gate Building Blocks . . . . . 816--823
                    F. J. Mowle   Readily Programmable Procedures for the
                                  Analysis of Nonlinear Feedback Shift
                                  Registers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824--829
              Chung-Jen Tan and   
                P. R. Menon and   
                 A. D. Friedman   Structural Simplification and
                                  Decomposition of Asynchronous Sequential
                                  Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830--838
                    C. D. Weiss   Optimal Synthesis of Arbitrary Switching
                                  Functions with Regular Arrays of
                                  $2$-Input $1$-Output Switching Elements  839--856
                    K. Vairavan   On the Lower Bound to the Memory of
                                  Finite State Machines  . . . . . . . . . 856--861
                     G. G. Hays   Author's Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862--862
                    A. R. Mckay   Comment on ``Computer-Aided Design:
                                  Simulation of Digital Design Logic'' . . 862--862
                   C. H. Haspel   Remarks on ``Comments on 'An Algorithm
                                  for Synthesis of Multiple-Output
                                  Combinational Logic''' . . . . . . . . . 863--863
             E. S. Davidson and   
                       G. Metze   Authors' Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863--864
                       B. Brown   R69-26 Further Experimental Data on the
                                  Behavior of Programs in a Paging
                                  Environment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865--865
             E. G. Coffman, Jr.   R69-27 Demand Paging in Perspective  . . 865--866
                  P. J. Denning   R69-28 Dynamic Storage Allocation
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866--866
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 867--884
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 884--a
                      Anonymous   IEEE Transactions on Computers . . . . . c1--884--b

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-18, Number 10, October, 1969

                      W. W. Chu   Optimal File Allocation in a Multiple
                                  Computer System  . . . . . . . . . . . . 885--889
                   Yao Tung Yen   Computer-Aided Test Generation for
                                  Four-Phase MOS LSI Circuits  . . . . . . 890--894
                H. K. V. Lotsch   Magnetic-Field Design Considerations for
                                  a Plated-Wire Memory . . . . . . . . . . 894--899
                    A. Wolinsky   Unified Interval Classification and
                                  Unified $3$-Classification for
                                  Associative Memories . . . . . . . . . . 899--911
                   W. S. Meisel   Potential Functions in Mathematical
                                  Pattern Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . 911--918
                     H. Drucker   Computer Optimization of Recognition
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 918--923
                  H. R. Hwa and   
                    C. L. Sheng   An Approach for the Realization of
                                  Threshold Functions of Order $r$ . . . . 923--939
                    W. T. Lynch   Worst-Case Analysis of a Resistor Memory
                                  Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940--942
             E. G. Coffman, Jr.   On the Tradeoff Between Response and
                                  Preemption Costs in a
                                  Foreground-Background Computer Service
                                  Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942--947
                 D. Ferrari and   
                   A. Grasselli   A Cellular Structure for Sequential
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947--953
            S. C. De Sarkar and   
                 A. K. Basu and   
                A. K. Choudhury   Simplification of Incompletely Specified
                                  Flow Tables with the Help of Prime
                                  Closed Sets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953--956
               M. S. Schmookler   On Mod-$2$ Sums of Products  . . . . . . 957--957
                    W. A. Davis   Logical Design Using Shift Registers . . 958--960
                     D. Ferrari   Correction to ``A Division Method Using
                                  a Parallel Multiplier''  . . . . . . . . 960--960
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961--962
                    L. S. Coles   R69-30 Automatic Question-Answering of
                                  English-Like Questions About Simple
                                  Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 963--963
                   N. J. Nilson   R69-31 A Formal Deductive
                                  Problem-Solving System . . . . . . . . . 963--964
                  J. V. Garwick   R69-32 A Universal Syntax-Directed
                                  Top-Down Analyzer  . . . . . . . . . . . 964--965
                   W. F. Denham   R69-33 Applications of Functional
                                  Optimization Techniques for the Serial
                                  Hybrid Computer Solution of Partial
                                  Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . 965--965
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of the Current Computer
                                  Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966--984
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 984--a
                      Anonymous   IEEE Transactions on Computers . . . . . c1--984--b

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-18, Number 11, November, 1969

                      Anonymous   Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 985--985
                      Anonymous   1969 IEEE Computer Group Conference  . . 986--986
              E. A. Patrick and   
               F. P. Fischer II   Cluster Mapping with Experimental
                                  Computer Graphics  . . . . . . . . . . . 987--991
                   J. Abate and   
                      H. Dubner   Optimizing the Performance of a
                                  Drum-Like Storage  . . . . . . . . . . . 992--997
                     L. Schrage   Analysis and Optimization of a Queueing
                                  Model of a Real-Time Computer Control
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997--1003
                    R. M. Jones   Factors Affecting the Efficiency of a
                                  Virtual Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004--1008
                  P. J. Denning   Equipment Configuration in Balanced
                                  Computer Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008--1012
              J.-L. E. Baer and   
                      G. Estrin   Bounds for Maxium Parallelism in a
                                  Bilogic Graph Model of Computations  . . 1012--1014
                R. R. Muntz and   
             E. G. Coffman, Jr.   Optimal Preemptive Scheduling on
                                  Two-Processor Systems  . . . . . . . . . 1014--1020
              E. K. Bowdon, Sr.   Priority Assignment in a Network of
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1021--1026
           J. W. Jones, Jr. and   
                  C. C. Carroll   A Timed-Shared Digital Filter
                                  Realization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027--1030
               H. B. Burner and   
              R. P. Million and   
              O. W. Rechard and   
               J. S. Sobolewski   A Programmable Data Concentrator for a
                                  Large Computing System . . . . . . . . . 1030--1038
             A. Van De Goor and   
                 C. G. Bell and   
                 D. A. Witcraft   Design and Behavior of TSS/8: a PDP-8
                                  Based Time-Sharing System  . . . . . . . 1038--1043
             A. Van De Goor and   
                     C. G. Bell   A Control Unit for a DEC PDP-8 Computer
                                  and a Burroughs Disk . . . . . . . . . . 1044--1048
           P. I. P. Boulton and   
                     P. A. Reid   A Process-Control Language . . . . . . . 1049--1053
                   I. N. Samuel   Synthesis and Analysis: A Flexible
                                  Technique for Processing Command
                                  Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1053--1061
                      F. F. Lee   Study of ``Look-Aside'' Memory . . . . . 1062--1064
                     B. E. Menn   Digital Letdown Computer for Vertical
                                  Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065--1068
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1069--1072
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 1073--1090
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 1090--c

IEEE Transactions on Computers
Volume C-18, Number 12, December, 1969

                      Anonymous   Editor's Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091--1091
               I. E. Sutherland   A Method for Solving Arbitrary-Wall
                                  Mazes by Computer  . . . . . . . . . . . 1092--1097
                 E. S. Davidson   An Algorithm for NAND Decomposition
                                  Under Network Constraints  . . . . . . . 1098--1109
            D. B. Armstrong and   
             A. D. Friedman and   
                    P. R. Menon   Design of Asynchronous Circuits Assuming
                                  Unbounded Gate Delays  . . . . . . . . . 1110--1120
                   H. A. Curtis   Systematic Procedures for Realizing
                                  Synchronous Sequential Machines Using
                                  Flip-Flop Memory: Part I . . . . . . . . 1121--1127
        L. P. Bolgiano, Jr. and   
                  M. J. Piovoso   Relationship of Poisson Transform to
                                  Laguerre Expansions  . . . . . . . . . . 1128--1131
                    W. K. Pratt   An Algorithm for a Fast Hadamard Matrix
                                  Transform of Order Twelve  . . . . . . . 1131--1132
                      O. Aberth   A Multiple Computer Linkage  . . . . . . 1132--1134
                  J. R. Ullmann   Experiments with the $n$-tuple Method of
                                  Pattern Recognition  . . . . . . . . . . 1135--1137
                  W. E. Thomson   Comment on ``Solution of Nonlinear
                                  Equations''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138--1138
                    J. T. Taylo   Note on ``Solution of Nonlinear
                                  Equations''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138--1140
                   M. C. Y. Kuo   Author's Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140--1142
             T. D. Friedman and   
                     S. C. Yang   Correction to ``Methods Used in an
                                  Automatic Logic Design Generator
                                  (ALERT)''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1142--1143
                      Anonymous   Digital Engineering  . . . . . . . . . . 1144--1144
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145--1145
                  R. C. Minnick   B69-1 Digital Computer System Principles 1146--1146
                      Anonymous   Abstracts of Current Computer Literature 1147--1222
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 1222--m
                      Anonymous   1969 Index IEEE Transactions on
                                  Computers Vol. C-18  . . . . . . . . . . 1222--a-1222--k
                      Anonymous   IEEE Transactions on Computers . . . . . c1--1222--n